WO1997020823A2 - 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists - Google Patents

2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1997020823A2
WO1997020823A2 PCT/EP1996/005067 EP9605067W WO9720823A2 WO 1997020823 A2 WO1997020823 A2 WO 1997020823A2 EP 9605067 W EP9605067 W EP 9605067W WO 9720823 A2 WO9720823 A2 WO 9720823A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
trans
methyl
cyclohexylmethyl
substituted
lower alkoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP1996/005067
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1997020823A3 (en
Inventor
Heinrich RÜEGER
Tibur Schmidlin
Pascal Rigollier
Yasuchika Yamaguchi
Marina Tintelnot-Blomley
Walter Schilling
Leoluca Criscione
Robert Mah
Original Assignee
Novartis Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novartis Ag filed Critical Novartis Ag
Priority to AU76929/96A priority Critical patent/AU7692996A/en
Publication of WO1997020823A2 publication Critical patent/WO1997020823A2/en
Publication of WO1997020823A3 publication Critical patent/WO1997020823A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/95Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4

Definitions

  • Neuropeptide Y is a member of the pancreatic polypeptide family of peptides and is one of the most abundant and widely distributed peptides at the central and peripheral nervous system. NPY acts as a neurotransmitter playing an important role in the regulation of various diseases. Intensive evaluations lead to the finding that multiple NPY receptors are existing being responsible for different physiological and pharmacological activities. Recently, a new NPY receptor subtype has been characterized and cloned, designated as Y5 receptor. It has been demonstrated that the pharmacological function associated with Y5 relates, for example, to obesity and eating disorders. Accordingly, the provision of compounds which act as antagonists of this receptor subtype represents a promisable approach in the regulation of diseases or disorders, such as obesity and eating/food intake disorders.
  • the invention relates to new compounds having Y5 antagonistic properties, to pharmaceutical compositions and to a method of treatment and prophylaxis of disorders and diseases associated with NPY receptor subtype Y5.
  • the invention relates to a compound of formula (I)
  • alki and alk 2 independently of one another, represent, a single bond or lower alkylene
  • R T represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, C 3 -Cs-cycloalkyl, C 3 -C e -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl;
  • R 2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 - cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, by lower alkoxy, by amino, by substituted amino, by carboxy, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-iower alkoxycarbonyl, by carbamoyl, or by N-substituted carbamoyl;
  • X represents C 3 -C ⁇ -cycloalkylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylidene, C 3 - C 8 -cycloalkenylidene, oxo-C 3 -C B -cycloalkylene, oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, oxo-C 3 -C 8 - cycloalkylidene, or oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenyiidene;
  • X 2 represents -O-, -S(0) n - or a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-;
  • R 3 and R 4 independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl- lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, N-substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0) n -R;
  • R 3 and R together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n , NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, lower alkynyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy
  • lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy- lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
  • lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl; (iv) amino, substituted amino;
  • the compounds (I) can be present as salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts. If the compounds (I) have, for example, at least one basic centre, they can form acid addition salts These are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric acid or a hydroha c acid, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as C ⁇ -C 4 - alkanecarboxylic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for examDle oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as ammo acids, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or such as benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids,
  • (Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl in (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl or aryloxy, respectively, represents, for example, phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl or an appropriate 5- or 6-membered and monocyclic radical or an appropriate bicyclic heteroaryl radical which, in each case, have up to four identical or different hetero atoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, preferably one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • 5-membered heteroaryl radicals are, for example, monoaza-, diaza-, t ⁇ aza-, tetraaza-, monooxa- or monothia-cyclic aryl radicals, such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, lmidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl and thienyl, while suitable appropriate 6-membered radicals are in particular pyridyl Appro
  • Carbocyclic or heterocyclic aroyl is in particular benzoyl, naphthoyl, furoyl, thenoyl, or pyridoyl.
  • (Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl in (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl -lower alkanoyl is in particular phenyl-lower alkanoyl, naphthyl-lower alkanoyl, or pyridyl-lower alkanoyl,
  • aryl-lower alkyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyridyl- lower alkyl.
  • aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyridyl-lower alkoxy.
  • arylene represents, in particular, phenylene, naphthylene, thiophenylene, furylene, pyridylene which may be substituted, for example, as indicated for benzo ring A or preferably unsubstituted.
  • Lower alkyl which substituted by halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or amino is in particular halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyridyloxy- lower alkyl, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl, amino-lower alkyl, or N- or N,N- substituted amino-lower alkyl.
  • An amino group which is mono-substituted by lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl- lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl is in particular lower alkylamino, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-amino, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-loweralkyl-amino, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-amino, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkylamino.
  • An amino group which is, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 - cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl is in particular di-lower alkylamino, di-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-amino, di-(C 3 -C B -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-amino, di-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino, di-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amino, lower alkyl-C 3 -C 8 - cyclo
  • Lower alkyl which is substituted by carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, carbamoyl in which the amino group is mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, and carbamoyl in which the amino group is di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n , NR 0 , the integer n being 0, 1 or 2 and R 0 being hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl
  • Lower alkoxy which substituted by halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or amino is in particular halo-lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, phenyioxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyridyloxy-lower alkyl, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkoxy, amino- lower alkoxy, or corresponding N- or N,N- substituted amino-lower alkoxy.
  • Lower alkoxy which is substituted by carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, carbamoyl in which the amino group is mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, and carbamoyl in which the amino group is di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n , NR 0 , the integer n being 0, 1 or 2 and R 0 being hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl
  • Substituted lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, respectively, is mono- or poly-substituted, e.g. di- or tri-substituted.
  • lower means that corresponding groups and compounds, in each case, in particular comprise not more than 7, preferably not more than 4, carbon atoms.
  • Halogen is in particular halogen of atomic number not more than 35, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and also includes iodine.
  • Lower alkyl is in particular d-C 7 - alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and also includes corresponding pentyl, hexyl and heptyl radicals.
  • C ⁇ -C 4 -alky! is preferred.
  • Lower alkenyl is in particular C 3 -C 7 -alkenyl and is, for example, 2-propenyl or 1 -, 2- or 3-butenyl.
  • C 3 -C 5 -alkenyl is preferred
  • Lower alkynyl is in particular C 3 -C 7 -alkynyl and is preferably propargyl.
  • Lower alkoxy is in particular d-Cr-alkoxy and is, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy and also includes corresponding pentyloxy, hexyloxy and heptyloxy radicals.
  • d-C - alkoxy is preferred.
  • Lower alkenyloxy is in particular C 3 -C 7 -alkenyloxy, preferably allyloxycarbonyl, while lower alkynyioxy is in particular CVCs-alkynyloxy, such as propargyloxy.
  • Oxy-lower alkylene-oxy is in particular oxy-C 1 -C 4 -alkylene-oxy, preferably oxy- methylene-oxy or oxy-ethylene-oxy.
  • Lower alkanoyl is in particular C 2 -C 7 -alkanoyl, such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl or pivaloyl.
  • C 2 -C 5 -alkanoyl is preferred.
  • Lower alkanoyl-oxy is in particular C 2 -C 7 -alkanoyl-oxy, such as acetyl-oxy, propionyl-oxy, butyryl-oxy, isobutyryl-oxy or pivaloyl-oxy.
  • C 2 -C 5 -alkanoyl-oxy is preferred.
  • NaphthoyI is 1- or 2-naphthoyl, furoyi 2- or 3-furoyl, thenoyi 2- or 3-thenyl, and pyridoyi 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridoyl.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. Cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferred.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl is in particular C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl, in particular C 3 -C 6 - cycloalkyl-C C 2 -alkyl.
  • Preferred is cyclopropylmethyi, cyclopentyimethyl or cyclohexylmethyl.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkoxy is, for example, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and cycloheptyloxy. Cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy are preferred.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy is in particular C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, in particular C 3 - C 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ -C 2 -alkoxy.
  • Preferred is cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopentylmethoxy or cyclohexylmethoxy
  • C 3 -C ⁇ -Cycloalkylene is, for example, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylene, such as 1 ,3-cyclopentylene, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexylene, or 1 ,4-
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkenylene is, for example, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkenylene, such as 1 ,3-cyclopent-2- enylene, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohex-2-enylene.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl ⁇ dene is, for example, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene, such as cyclopentylidene, cyclopentylidene or cyclohexylidene.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkenyl ⁇ dene is, for example, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkenyl ⁇ dene, such as 1 , 1 -cyclopent-2- eny dene, 1 ,1-cyclohex-2-enyl ⁇ dene or 1 ,1-cyclohex-3-enyl ⁇ dene
  • Oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene is, for example, oxo-C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,3- cyclopentylene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohexylene or 3-oxo-1 ,3- or 3-oxo-1 ,4- cyclohexylene
  • Oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene is, for example, oxo-C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkenylene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,3- cyclopent-5-enylene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohex-5-enylene, or 3-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohex-5- enylene.
  • Oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene is, for example, oxo-C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,1- cyclopent-5-enyl ⁇ dene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohexenyl ⁇ dene or 3-oxo-1 ,3- or 3-oxo- 1 ,4-cyclohex-5-enyl ⁇ dene.
  • oxo-C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene such as 2-oxo-1 ,1- cyclopent-5-enyl ⁇ dene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohexenyl ⁇ dene or 3-oxo-1 ,3- or 3-oxo- 1 ,4-cyclohex-5-enyl ⁇ dene.
  • Oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloyalkenyl ⁇ dene is, for example, oxo-C 3 -C 6 -cycloyalkenyl ⁇ dene, such as 2-oxo- 1 ,1 -cyclopent-3-enyl ⁇ dene or 2- or 3-oxo-1 ,1 -cyclohex-5-enyl ⁇ de ⁇ e.
  • Lower alkylene is in particular d-C 7 -alkylene, in particular d-C 5 -alkylene, and is straight-chain or branched and is in particular methylene, ethylene, propylene and butylene and also 1 ,2-propylene, 2-methyl-1 ,3-propylene, 3-methyl-1 ,5-pentylene and 2,2-d ⁇ methyl-1 ,3-propylene C 3 -C 5 -alkylene is preferred
  • lower alkylene preferably is -(CH 2 ) P - the integer p being 1-3
  • Lower alkylene in an substituted ammo group preferably is 1 ,2-ethylene, 1 ,3- propylene, 1 ,4-butylene, 1 ,5-pentylene, 1 ,6-hexylene, 2-methyl- 1 ,3-propylene, or 2-methyl-butylene, or 3-methyl- 1 ,5-pentylene
  • Am o which is di-substituted by lower alkylene is in particular QrCralkyleneamino, preferably 1 -az ⁇ d ⁇ no, 1-pyrrol ⁇ d ⁇ no or 1 -piperidino
  • Ammo which is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is interrupted by O, S(0) n or NR 0 is in particular morpholino, thiomorpholino or the mono- or di-oxide thereof, or 4-R 0 -p ⁇ peraz ⁇ no
  • Lower alkanesulfonyl is in particular d-C 4 -alkoxy-C ⁇ -C 5 -alkoxycarbonyl, preferably ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, methoxyethoxycarbonyl and isopropyloxyethoxycarbonyl
  • Lower alkoxycarbonyl is in particular C 2 -C 8 -alkoxycarbonyl and is, for example, methoxy-, ethoxy-, propyloxy- or pivaloyloxy-carbonyl C 2 -C 5 -alkoxycarbonyl is preferred
  • Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl is in particular d-d-alkoxy-d-Cs- alkoxycarbonyl and is, for example, methoxy- or ethoxy-ethoxy-alkoxycarbonyl
  • Hydroxy-lower alkyl is in particular hydroxy-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyi. Furthermore, hydroxy-lower alkyl may exhibit two hydroxy groups, such as 3-hydroxy-1 -hydroxymethyl-propyl
  • Hydroxy-lower alkoxy is in particular hydroxy-d-C 4 -alkoxy, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl
  • Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy is in particular d-C 4 -alkoxy-C ⁇ d-alkoxy and is, for example, (m)ethoxymethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxv, 2-n-propyloxyethoxy or ethoxymethoxy
  • Ammo which is di-substituted by lower alkylene and is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring is in particular C 2 -C 6 -cycloalkylenem ⁇ no which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ⁇ ng.
  • Preferred is ⁇ ndolm-1 -yl or 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-qu ⁇ nol ⁇ n-1 -yl
  • Halo-lower alkyl is in particular halo-d-C -alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, 1 ,1 ,2- tr ⁇ fluoro-2-chloroethyl or chloromethyl.
  • Halo-lower alkoxy is in particular halo-d-C 4 -alkoxy, such as trifluoromethoxy, 1 ,1 ,2-trifluoro- 2-chloroethoxy or chloromethoxy.
  • Phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyndyloxy-lower alkyl is in particular phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or py ⁇ dyloxy-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl, such as phenoxy-methyl, 2-phenoxy-ethyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyloxy- methyl, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyr ⁇ dyloxy-methyl
  • Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyr ⁇ dyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl, such as phenyl-methyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl-methyl, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyr ⁇ dyl-methyl
  • Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkoxy is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyr ⁇ dyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxy, such as phenyl-methoxy, 2-phenyl-ethoxy, 1- or 2-naphthyl- methoxy, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyr ⁇ dyl-methoxy.
  • Naphthyl is in particular 1- or 2-naphthyl; furyl 2- or 3-furyl; thienyl 2- or 3-th ⁇ enyt; pyridyl 2-, 3- or 4-py ⁇ dyl, indolyl e.g 1 -, 2-, 3- or 5- ⁇ ndolyl, mdazolyl e.g. 6-1 (H)- ⁇ ndazolyl, benzofuryl e.g. 2-, 3- or 5-benzofuranyl, benzothienyl e.g.
  • Amino-lower alkyl is in particular am ⁇ no-d-C 7 -alkyl, preferably am ⁇ no-C ⁇ -C -alkyl, such as aminomethyl, 2-am ⁇ noethyl or 3-am ⁇ nopropyl
  • Lower alkylamino is in particular d-d-alkylamino and is, for example, methyl-, ethyl-, n-propyl- and isopropyl-amino d-C 4 -alkylam ⁇ no is preferred.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl-am ⁇ no is in particular C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl-am ⁇ no and is, for example, cyclopropyl-, cyclopentyl- and cyclohexyl-amino.
  • C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl-lower alkylamino is in particular C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-C C 7 - alkylammo and is, for example, cyciopropylmethyl-amino or cyclohexylmethyl- amino C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkylam ⁇ no is preferred
  • Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl-amino is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyr ⁇ dyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl-am ⁇ no, preferably benzyl-ammo, 2-phenethyl- amino, 1 - or 2-naphthylmethyl-am ⁇ no, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyr ⁇ dylmethyl-am ⁇ no
  • Di-lower alkylamino is in particular d ⁇ -C C 4 -alkylam ⁇ no, such as dimethyl-, diethyl-, di-n- propyl-, methylpropyl-, methylethyl-, methylbutyl-ammo and dibutylamino
  • D ⁇ -C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-am ⁇ no is in particular d ⁇ -C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylam ⁇ no, preferably cyclopropylamino, cyclopentylammo or cyclohexylammo
  • D ⁇ -(C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-am ⁇ no is in particular d ⁇ -(C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl-d-C 4 -alkyl)-am ⁇ no preferably cyclopropylmethyl-amino, cyclopentylmethyl-amino or cyclohexylmethyl-ammo
  • D ⁇ -(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-am ⁇ no is in particular d ⁇ -(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyr ⁇ dyl-d-C 4 - alkyl)-ammo, preferably di-benzyl-ammo, d ⁇ -(2- phenethyl)-am ⁇ no, d ⁇ -(1 - or 2-naphthylmethyl)-am ⁇ no, or d ⁇ -(2-, 3-, or 4-pyr ⁇ dylmethyl)-am ⁇ no
  • Lower alkyl-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-am ⁇ no is in particular d-C -alkyl-C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl-am ⁇ no, preferably methyl-cyclopropyl-amino, methyl-cyclopentyl-amino or methyl-cyclohexyl-ammo
  • Lower alkyl-(C 3 -C B -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-am ⁇ no is in particular C-C 4 -alkyl-(C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl- d-C 4 -alkyl)ammo, preferably methyl-cyclopropylmethyl-amino, methyl-cyclopentylmethyl- amino or methyl-cyclohexylmethyl-ammo
  • Lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino is in particular d-C 4 -alkyl- (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino, such as (m)ethyl-phenyl-amino.
  • Lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amino is in particular d-C 4 -alkyl- (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl)-amino, such as (m)ethyl-benzyl-amino or (m)ethyl-(2-phenethyl)-amino.
  • Carboxy-lower alkyl is in particular carboxy-C ⁇ -C -alkyl, such as carboxy-methyl, 2-carboxy- ethyl, or 3-carboxy-propyl.
  • Lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular drCs-alkoxycarbonyl-d-d-alkyl, such as (m)ethoxycarbonyl-methyl, 2-(m)ethoxycarbonyl-ethyl or 2-pivaloyl-ethyl.
  • Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular d-C -alkoxy-C 2 -C 5 - alkoxycarbonyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyI, such as 2-methoxy-ethoxycarbonyl-methyl or 2-(2-ethoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)-ethyl.
  • (Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-C 2 -C 5 -alkoxycarbonyl-Ci-C -alkyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl- methyl or 2-(2-phenethyloxy-carbonyl)-ethyl.
  • Carbamoyl-lower alkyl is in particular carbamoyl-d-d-alkyl, such as carbamoyl-methyl, 2- carbamoyl-ethyl or 3-carbamoyl-propyl.
  • Amino-lower alkoxy is in particular amino-d-d-alkoxy, such as aminomethoxy, 2- aminoethoxy, or 3-am ⁇ no-propoxy.
  • Carboxy-lower alkoxy is in particular carboxy-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxy, such as carboxy-methoxy, 2- carboxy-ethoxy, or 3-carboxy-propyloxy.
  • Lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular C -C5-alkoxycarbonyl-C 1 -C -alkoxy, such as (m)ethoxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2-methoxycarbonyl-ethyl, or 2-(2-ethoxycarbo ⁇ yl)-ethyl.
  • Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular d-C 4 -alkoxy-C 2 -C 5 - alkoxycarbonyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxy, such as (m)ethoxymethoxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2-ethoxy- methoxycarbonyl-ethyl, or 2-[(2-ethoxy-ethoxycarbonyl)]-ethyl.
  • (Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyr ⁇ dyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-C 2 -C 5 -alkoxycarbonyl-C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, such as benzyloxycarbonyl-methoxy, phenethyloxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2- (benzyloxycarbonyl)-ethoxy, or 2-(2-phenethyloxycarbonyl)-ethoxy
  • Carbamoyl-lower alkoxy is in particular carbamoyl-C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxy, such as carbamoyl- methoxy, 2-carbamoyl-ethoxy, or 3-carbamoyl-propyloxy.
  • Obesity for example, is a wide-spread phenomena which e.g. causes a variety of pathological symptoms or influences the overall state of health Also associated therewith are considerable socio-economic investments and a heavy financial burden for managed health care organisations.
  • the problem to be solved is to present an approach to systemically treat obesity or related diseases or disorders. Surprisingly, it has been manifested that the modulation of the NPY receptor subtype Y5 leads to a control of the eating behavior
  • Neuropeptide Y is a member of the pancreatic polypeptide family with wide-spread distribution throughout the mammalian nervous system. NPY and its relatives (peptide YY or PYY, and pancreatic polypeptide or PP) elicit a broad range of physiological effects through activation of at least five G protein-coupled receptor subtypes known as Y1 , Y2, Y3, Y4 (or PP), and the "atypical Y1 " The role of NPY as the most powerful stimulant of feeding behavior yet described is thought to occur primarily through activation of the hypothalamic "atypical Y1 " receptor.
  • This receptor is unique in that its classification is based solely on feeding behavior data, rather than radioligand binding data, unlike the Y1 , Y2, Y3, and Y4 (or PP) receptors, each of which are described previously in both radioligand binding and functional assays
  • I-PYY- based expression cloning technique may be used to isolate a rat hypothalamic cDNA encoding an "atypical Y1 " receptor referred to herein as the Y5 subtype Y5 homolog may be isolated and characterized of from human hippocampus. Protein sequence analysis reveals that the Y5 receptor belongs to the G protein- coupled receptor superfamily.
  • NPY The peptide neurotransmitter neuropeptide Y
  • NPY is a 36 ammo acid member of the pancreatic polypeptide family with widespread distribution throughout the mammalian nervous system. NPY is considered to be the most powerful stimulant of feeding behavior yet described (Clark, J.T., Kalra, P.S., Crowiey, W.R., and Kalra, S.P (1984) Neuropeptide Y and human pancreatic polypeptide stimulate feeding behavior in rats. Endocrinology 1 15: 427-429, 1984, Levine, A.S., and Morley, J E (1984) Neuropeptide Y- A potent inducer of consummatory behavior in rats.
  • Peptides 13: 581-587) The role of NPY in normal and abnormal eating behavior, and the ability to interfere with NPY-dependent pathways as a means to appetite and weight control, are areas of great interest in pharmacological and pharmaceutical research (Sahu and Kalra, 1993, Dryden, S , Frankish, H , Wang, Q , and Williams, G (1994) Neuropeptide Y and energy balance one way ahead for the treatment of obesity 9 Eur J Clin Invest 24: 293-308). Any credible means of studying or controlling NPY-dependent feeding behavior, however, must necessarily be highly specific as NPY can act through at least 5 pharmacologically defined receptor subtypes to elicit a wide variety of physiological functions (Dumont, Y., J.-C.
  • Rank orders of affinity for key peptides are based on previously reported binding and functional data (Schwartz, T.W., J. Fuhlendorff, L.L.Kjems, M.S. Kristensen, M. Vervelde, M. O'Hare, J.L. Krstenansky, and B. Bjornholm. (1990). Signal epitopes in the three-dimensional structure of neuropeptide Y. Ann. N.Y. Acad.
  • NPY receptor pharmacology has historically been based on structure/activity relationships within the pancreatic polypeptide family.
  • the entire family includes the namesake pancreatic polypeptide (PP), synthesized primarily by endocrine cells in the pancreas; peptide YY (PYY), synthesized primarily by endocrine cells in the gut; and NPY, synthesized primarily in neurons (Michel, M.C. (1991). Receptors for neuropeptide Y: multiple subtypes and multiple second messengers Trends Pharmacol.: 12: 389-394; Dumont et al.
  • pancreatic polypeptide family members share a compact structure involving a "PP-fold” and a conserved C-termmal hexapeptide ending in Tyr 36 (or Y 36 in the single letter code)
  • Y-type receptors Wood-type receptors
  • the receptor requires both the N- and the C-terminal regions of the peptides for optimal recognition.
  • the Y1 receptor has been cloned from a variety of species including human, rat and mouse (Larhamrnar, D., A.G. Blomqvist, F. Yee, E. Jazin, H Yoo, and C Wahlestedt. (1992). Cloning and functional expression of a human neuropeptide Y/peptide YY receptor of the Y1 type. J. Biol.
  • the Y2 receptor recognizes PYY ⁇ NPY » PP and is relatively tolerant of N-terminal deletion (Gêtmar, L and Rl Hakanson (1994) Neuropeptide Y effector systems perspectives for drug development. Trends. Pharmacol 15- 153-159).
  • the receptor has a strict requirement for structure in the C-terminus (Arg 33 -Gln 3 -Arg 35 -Tyr 36 -NH 2 ); exchange of Gin 34 with Pro 34 , as in PP, is not well tolerated.
  • the Y2 receptor has recently been cloned.
  • the Y3 receptor is characterized by a strong preference for NPY over PYY and PP (Wahlestedt, C, Karoum, F., Jaskiw, G., Wyatt, R.J., Larhammar, D., Ekman, R., and Reis, D.J. (1991).
  • Pro ⁇ NPY is reasonably well tolerated even though PP, which also contains Pro 34 , does not bind well to the Y3 receptor.
  • Y3 This receptor (Y3) has not yet been cloned
  • the Y4 receptor binds PP > PYY > NPY.
  • the Y4 requires both the N- and the C-terminal regions of the peptides for optimal recognition.
  • the "atypical Y1 " or "feeding" receptor is defined exclusively by injection of several pancreatic polypeptide analogs into the paravent ⁇ cular nucleus of the rat hypothalamus which stimulates feeding behavior with the following rank order.
  • This plasmid (pcEXV-hY5) was deposited on November 4, 1994 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 12301 Parkiawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852, U.S.A. under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorgansims for the Purposes of Patent Procedure and was accorded ATCC Accession No 75943
  • the plasmid which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of DNA in a mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the rat Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof has been designated as pcEXV-rY5 (ATCC Accession No. 75944).
  • This plasmid (pcEXV-rY5) was deposited on November 4, 1994 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 12301 Parkiawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852, U.S.A. under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorgansims for the Purposes of Patent Procedure and was accorded ATCC Accession No. CRL 75944.
  • a method for determining whether a ligand can specifically bind to a Y5 receptor comprises contacting a cell transfected with and expressing DNA encoding the Y5 receptor with the ligand under conditions permitting binding of ligands to such receptor, detecting the presence of any such ligand specifically bound to the Y5 receptor, and thereby determining whether the ligand specifically binds to the Y5 receptor.
  • a method for determining whether a ligand is a Y5 receptor antagonist comprises contacting a cell transfected with and expressing DNA encoding a Y5 receptor with the ligand in the presence of a known Y5 receptor agonist, such as PYY or NPY, under conditions permitting the activation of a functional Y5 receptor response, detecting a decrease in Y5 receptor activity, and thereby determining whether the ligand is a Y5 receptor antagonist.
  • a known Y5 receptor agonist such as PYY or NPY
  • the cell is non-neuronal in origin.
  • the non-neuronal cell is a COS-7 cell, 293 human embryonic kidney cell, NIH-3T3 cell or L-M(TK-) cell.
  • the cell lines are transfected with a vector which is adapted for expression in a mammalian cell which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of the DNA in the mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the mammalian Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof.
  • such plasmid which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of DNA in a mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the human Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof designated pcEXV-hY5 (ATCC Accession No. 75943).
  • RNA was prepared by a modification of the guanidine thiocyanate method (Kingston, 1987), from 5 grams of rat hypothalamus (Rockland, Gilbertsville, PA). Poly A + RNA was purified with a FastTrack kit (Invitrogen Corp., San Diego, CA). Double stranded (ds) cDNA was synthesized from 7 mg of poly A + RNA according to Gubler and Hoffman (Gubler, U abd BJ. Hoffman. (1983). A simple and very efficient method for generating cDNA libraries. Gene. 25, 263-269), except that ligase was omitted in the second strand cDNA synthesis.
  • the resulting DS cDNA was ligated to BstxI/EcoRI adaptors (Invitrogen Corp.), the excess of adaptors was removed by chromatography on Sephacryl 500 HR (Pharmac ⁇ a®-LKB) and the ds-cDNA size selected on a Gen-Pak Fax HPLC column (Millipore Corp., Milford, MA). High molecular weight fractions were ligated in pEXJ.BS (A cDNA cloning expression vector derived from pcEXV-3; Okayama, H. and P. Berg (1983). A cDNA cloning vector that permits expression of cDNA inserts in mammalian cells. Mol. Cell. Biol.
  • the library was plated on Petri dishes (Ampicillin selection) in pools of 6.9 to 8.2 x 10 3 independent clones. After 18 hours amplification, the bacteria from each pool were scraped, resuspended in 4 ml of LB media and 1 .5 ml processed for plasmid purification with a QIAprep-8 plasmid kit (Qiagen Inc, Chatsworth, CA) 1 ml aliquots of each bacterial pool were stored at -85°C in 20% glycerol. Isolation of a cDNA clone encoding an atypical rat hypothalamic NPY5 receptor
  • COS-7 cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml of penicillin, 100 mg/ml of streptomycin, 2 mM L-glutamine (DMEM-C) at 37°C in 5% CO 2
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium
  • the cells were seeded one day before transfection at a density of 30,000 cells/cm 2 on Lab-Tek chamber slides (1 chamber, Permanox slide from Nunc Inc , Naperville, IL)
  • cells were washed twice with PBS, 735 ml of transfection cocktail was added containing 1/10 of the DNA from each pool and DEAE-dextran (500 mg/ml) in Opti-MEM I serum free media (G ⁇ bco®BRL LifeTechnologies Inc Grand Island, NY)
  • Opti-MEM I serum free media G ⁇ bco®BRL LifeTechnologies Inc Grand Island, NY
  • a human hippocampal cDNA library has been screened using the polymerase chain reaction 1 ⁇ l (4 x 10 6 bacteria) of each of 450 amplified pools containing each »5000 independent clones and representing a total of 2.2 x 10 6 was subjected directly to 40 cycles of PCR and the resulting products analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis One of three positive pools was analyzed further and by sib selection a single cDNA clone was isolated and characterized. This cDNA turned out to be full length and in the correct orientation for expression.
  • DS- DNA was sequenced with a sequenase kit (US Biochemical, Cleveland, OH) according to the manufacturer
  • COS-7 cells were grown on 1 50 mm plates in D-MEM with supplements (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml pen ⁇ c ⁇ ll ⁇ n/100 mg/ml streptomycin) at 37°C, 5% C0 2 .
  • supplements Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml pen ⁇ c ⁇ ll ⁇ n/100 mg/ml streptomycin
  • Mouse fibroblast LMT(k)- cells were grown on 150 mm plates in D-MEM with supplements (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml pen ⁇ c ⁇ ll ⁇ n/100 mg/ml streptomycin) at 37 °C, 5% C0 2 .
  • Stock plates of COS-7 cells were trypsinized and split 1 :10 every 3-4 days
  • Human Y5 and rat Y5 receptors were co-transfected with a G-418 resistant gene into mouse fibroblast LMT(k)- cells by a calcium phosphate transfection method (Cullen, B (1987). Use of eurkaryotic expression technology in the functional analysis of cloned genes. Methods Enzvmol. 152- 685-704) Stably transfected cells were selected with G-418
  • the competitive displacement data indicate- 1 ) Human PP is able to displace 20% of the bound 12o l-PYY with an IC 50 of 1 1 nM (Fig 1 and Table 2) As can be seen in table 5, this value does not fit with the isolated rat Y1 , Y2 and Y4 clones and could therefore correspond to another NPY/PYY receptor subtype. 2) [Leu 31 , Pro ⁇ ] NPY (a Y1 specific gand) is able to displace with high affinity (IC 50 of 0.38) 27% of the bound 125 l- PYY3 3 6 ligand (a Y2 specific ligand) (Fig 2 and table 2).
  • Binding data reflect competitive displacement of 125 I-PYY and 125 I-PYY 3 36 from rat hypothalamic membranes Peptides were tested at concentrations ranging from 0 001 nM to 1 00 nM unless noted The IC 50 value corresponding to 50% displacement, and the percentage of displacement relative to that produced by 300 nM human NPY, were determined by nonlinear regression analysis. Data shown are representative of at least two independent experiments
  • a rat hypothalamic cDNA iibrary of 3 x 1 0 6 independent recombinants with a 2.7 kb average insert size was fractionated into 450 pools of »7500 independent clones All pools were tested in a binding assay with 125 I-PYY as described (Y2 patent). Seven pools gave rise to positive cells in the screening assay (# 81 , 92, 147, 246, 254, 290, 312).
  • Y1 , Y2, Y4 and Y5 receptor subtypes are expressed in rat hypothalamus
  • applicants analyzed the DNA of positive pools by PCR with rat Y1 , Y2 and Y4 specific primers Pools # 147, 246, 254 and 312 turned out to contain cDNAs encoding a Y1 receptor, pool # 290 turned out to encode a Y2 subtype, but pools # 81 and 92 were negative by PCR analysis for Y1 , Y2 and Y4 and therefore likely contained a cDNA encoding a new rat hypothalamic NPY receptor (Y5).
  • Pool 92 was subjected to sib selection as described until a single clone was isolated (designated CG-18)
  • the isolated clone carries a 2 8 kb cDNA
  • This cDNA contains an open reading frame between nucleotides 779 and 2146 that encodes a 456 ammo acid protein
  • the long 5' untranslated region could be involved in the regulation of translation efficiency or mRNA stability
  • the flanking sequence around the putative initiation codon does not conform to the Kozak consensus sequence for optimal translation initiation (Kozak, M (1989)
  • the compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have proven to exhibit pronounced and selective affinity to the Y5 receptor subtype (shown in Y5 binding test) and in vitro and in vivo antagonistic properties. These properties are shown in vitro by their ability to inhibit NPY-induced calcium increase in stable transfected cells expressing the Y5 receptor and in vivo by their ability to inhibit food intake induced by intracerebroventricular application of NPY or 24 h food deprivation in conscious rats.
  • the selective affinity of the compounds according to the present invention to the Y5 receptor is detected in a Y5 binding assay using LM(tk-)-h-NPY5-7 cells which stably express the human NPY Y5 receptor or HEK-293 cells stably expressing the rat NPY Y5 receptor.
  • buffer 1 homoogenisation buffer, pH 7.7 at 4°C
  • buffer 2 saliva buffer, pH: 7.4 at room temperature
  • HEPES N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid
  • Cells are washed in phosphate buffered saline and harvested using a rubber policeman.
  • the cells are homogenised using a Polytron homogeniser (3 bursts of 8 seconds) in ice- cold hypotonic buffer (buffer 1 , pH 7.7 at 4°C ).
  • the homogenate is centrifuged at 32,000 x g for 20 min at 4°C.
  • the pellets are resuspended in the same buffer and recentrifuged.
  • the final pellets are suspended in buffer 2. Protein concentration is measured by the method of Bradford using the Pierce reagent [PIERCE, Rockford, USA], with bovine serum albumin as standard.
  • the crude membrane preparation is aliquoted, flash-frozen in Iiquid nitrogen and stored at -80°C.
  • 0.1 % (1 mg/ml) bovine serum albumin is added.
  • 125 l-[Pro 34 ]hPYY (60 pM, Anawa, Wangen, Switzerland) dissolved in buffer 3 is used as radioligand.
  • All test compounds are dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at 10 ⁇ 2 M and diluted to 10 ⁇ 3 M in buffer 3. Subsequent dilutions are in buffer 3 plus 10% DMSO.
  • Incubations are performed in Millipore Multiscreen FC filter plates [Millipore, Bedford, USA]. The filters in each well are pretreated with 2% polyethyleneimine for 30 min and rinsed once with 300 microL buffer 3 before use.
  • IC50 values of the compounds according to this invention at the human Y5 receptor range especially between about 0.1 nM and about 10 microM.
  • Representatives are, for example, the final products of working examples 53, 54, 55, and 88, for which following IC50 values [ ⁇ M/L] were determined: 0.0023 (Ex. 53); 0.018 (Ex. 54); 0.0017 (Ex. 55); 0.0077 (Ex. 88).
  • stably transfected LM(tk-)-hY5-7 cells are used in which a NPY-induced calcium transient is measured as described below.
  • Cells are harvested in a medium containing EDTA (0.5 mM) and phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • EDTA 0.5 mM
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Cells are then washed in phosphate buffered saline solution and loaded for 90 m at room temperature and pH 7.4 with 10 microM FLUO-AM (fluoro-3-acetoxy methylester, supplemented with pluronic acid as suggested by the manufacturer, Molecular Probes Inc., Eugene, Oregon, USA) in a cell culture buffer of the following composition (NaCl 120 mM, MgCI 2 1 mM , KCl 5.4 mM , NaH 4 P0 4 0.33 mM, glucose 1 1 mM, taunne 5 mM, pyruvate 2 mM, giutamine 1.5 mM HEPES 10 mM, insulin 10 U/l, BSA 0.1 % at for 90 min at room temperature. After centrifugation the cells are resuspended in the cell culture buffer at a concentration of 3-4 million cells/ml and supplemented with 200 microM sulfinpyrazone
  • Calcium transients are measured at room temperature in a millititer plate using a Cytofluor 2350 (Millipore) with wavelength settings at 485 nm for excitation and 530 nm for emission. 180 microL of cells suspension are preincubated in the presence of various amounts of compounds dissolved in 2 microL DMSO m triplicates ( or 2 microL DMSO for the controls) for 5 mm and then NPY is added at a final concentration of 100 nM The compound concentrations giving 50% inhibition of the maximum of the Ca transients are then calculated
  • NPY induces Ca transients with an EC50 of 50 nM
  • the data are analyzed using a Microsoft Excel software
  • the concentrations which cause a 50% inhibition of the initial control values are given as IC50 values.
  • the IC50 values are determined for the compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
  • the property of the compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts to inhibit NPY-induced increase intracellular calcium indicates their antagonistic properties with IC50 values ranging especially between about 0.1 nM and about 10 microM
  • Cannula placement is checked postoperatively by testing all rats for their drinking response to a 50 ng intracerebrovent ⁇ cular (icv) injection of angiotensm II Only rats which drink at least 2 5 ml of water within 30 m after angiotensm II injection are used in the feeding studies Injections are made in the morning 2 hours after light onset Peptides are injected in artificial cerebrospinal fluid (ACSF) [FLUKA, Buchs, Switzerland] in a volume of 5 ⁇ l The ACSF contains NaCl 124 mM, KC!
  • NPY 300 pmole is administered by the intracerebroventncular route 10-60 minutes after administration of compounds or vehicle DMSO/water (10%, v/v) or cremophor/water (20%, v/v) [SIGMA, Buchs, Switzerland].
  • Food intake is measured by placing preweighed pellets into the cages at the time of NPY injection Pellets are removed from the cage subsequently at each time point indicated in the figures and replaced with a new set of preweighed pellets.
  • the compounds according to the present invention inhibit NPY-induced food intake in rats in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
  • NPY mediates food intake induced by food deprivation.
  • the compounds according to the present invention are also tested in rats after 24 hours food deprivation. These experiments are conducted with male Sprague-Dawley (CIBA-GEIGY AG, Sisseln, Switzerland] rats weighing between 220 and 250 g. The animals are housed in individual cages for the duration of the study and allowed free access to normal food together with tap water. The animals are maintained in room with a 12 h light/dark cycle (8 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. light) at 24°C and monitored humidity.
  • the rats After placement into the individual cages the rats undergo a 2-4 days equilibration period, during which they are habituated to their new environment and to eating a powdered or pellet diet [NAFAG, Gossau, Switzerland]. At the end of the equilibration period, food is removed from the animals for 24 hours starting at 8.00 a.m. At the end of the fasting period the animals are injected intraperitoneally, intravenously or orally either with the compounds according to the present invention or an equivalent volume of vehicle DMSO/water (10%, v/v) or cremophor/water (20%, v/v) and 10-60 mm later the food is returned to them. Food intake at various time periods is monitored over the following 24 hour period. Inhibition of food intake by the compounds according to the present invention is given in percentage of the respective control vehicle-treated rats.
  • the compounds according to the present invention inhibit food intake in this food deprived rat model in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
  • Representatives are, for example, the final products of working examples 53, 55 and 88, for which an inhibition of food intake of 96% or 87% or 92%, respectively, versus the respective control vehicle-treated animals after i.p. application of 30 mg/kg was determined.
  • the antiobesity efficacy of the compounds according to the present invention can also be shown in Zucker obese rats, an art-known animal model of obesity. These studies are conducted with male Zucker fatty rats (fa/fa) [HARLAN CPB, Austerlitz, NL] weighing between 480 and 500 g. Animals are individually housed in metabolism cages for the duration of the study and allowed free access to powdered food together with tap water. The animals are maintained in a room with a 12 hour light/dark cycle (8 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. light) at 24°C and monitored humidity. After placement into the metabolism cages the rats undergo a 6 day equilibration period, during which they are habituated to their new environment and to eating a powdered diet.
  • the compounds according to the present invention inhibit food intake in Zucker obese rats in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can inhibit food intake induced either by intracerebroventricular application of NPY or by food deprivation or as well as spontaneous eating in the Zucker obese rat.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can especially be used for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders or diseases associated with the Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea
  • the compounds according to the present invention act as antagonists of neuropeptide Y (NPY) binding at the Y5 receptor subtype.
  • NPY neuropeptide Y
  • the compounds of the formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can therefore be used, for example, as pharmaceutical active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions which are employed, for example, for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases and disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspihpidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea
  • the invention relates to a method of treatment of diseases and disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspihpidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea, comprising administering to a warm-blooded animal, including man, in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • the invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinbefore and hereinafter for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea.
  • diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinbefore and hereinafter for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea.
  • diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof, e.g. in which alki and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
  • Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl;
  • R 2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted am o, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl; (ii) amino or substituted ammo;
  • the group -N(R)(R 1 ) represents ammo which is di- substituted by lower alkylene ⁇ which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n or NR 0 ⁇ or which is di ⁇ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
  • X T represents C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylidene, oxo- C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylidene;
  • X 2 represents -0-, -S(0) n - or a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-;
  • R 3 and R 4 independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (ii) tower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0) n -R;
  • R 3 and R 4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n , or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower al
  • lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
  • lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, amino, substituted amino, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl,
  • any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived and selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isochinolyl, or quinazolinyl; wherein, in each case, the amino group of substituted amino, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk-i and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
  • Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl
  • R 2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted ammo, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo,
  • Xi represents C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyhdene, oxo- C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene,
  • X 2 represents -0-, -S(0) n - or a group of the formula -N(R )-,
  • R 3 and R 4 independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of- halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0) n -R,
  • R 3 and R 4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherem, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl
  • lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted am o, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
  • lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, am o, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl,
  • any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived and selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, indolyl, mdazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, qumolinyl, isoch olyl, or quinazolmyl, wherein, in each case, the ammo group of substituted am o, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substi
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene,
  • R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl
  • R 2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted am o, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo;
  • Xi represents C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, C 3 -C 9 -cycloalkenylene, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene, oxo- C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl ⁇ dene,
  • X 2 represents -0-, -S(0) n - or a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-,
  • R 3 and R 4 independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hyoroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0) n -R,
  • R 3 and R 4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) n , or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower al
  • lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
  • lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
  • Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl
  • R 2 represents (i) hydrogen
  • amino amino which is monosubstituted by lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl or is disubstituted by lower alkyl or by C 2 -C 6 -alkylene or amino which is monosubstituted by -CO- O-R and R being lower alkyl;
  • Xi represents C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylene, especially cyclohexylene
  • X 2 represents -O- and R 3 is hydrogen
  • X 2 represents a group of the formula -N(R 4 )- and R 4 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R 3 represents (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl; or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, amino, amino monosubstituted by lower alkoxycarbonyl or disubstituted by lower alkyl, morpholino, piperazino, 4-lower alkyl- piperazino, 4-lower alkoxycarbonyl-piperazino and carbamoyl disubstituted by lower alkyl; or
  • X 2 and R 3 together represent morpholino or 4-lower alkyl-piperazino; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, lower alkyl, phenyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy and lower alkoxycarbonyl.
  • the invention relates especially to a compound of formula (I) or a salt or tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or d-C 3 - alkylene;
  • Ri represents hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R 2 represents hydrogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, amino, amino disubstituted by C 3 -C 6 -alkylene, a group selected from -NR ⁇ CO-O-R [R being lower alkyl and Ri being hydrogen], -NR CO-R [R being lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl and Ri being hydrogen], -NR ⁇ -S0 2 -R [R being lower alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, naphthyl-lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or quinolinyl and Ri being hydrogen and the aryl radicals being unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl], -NR ⁇ -S0 2 - NR R [Ri being hydrogen, and the group-N(R)(R !
  • Xi represents C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylene or C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylidene
  • X 2 represents O and R 3 represents hydrogen
  • X 2 represents a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-;
  • R 3 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkyl substituted by hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy. lower alkoxy, di-lower alkylamino, or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy;
  • R 4 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, di-lower alkylamino, and phenyl-amino.
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which a ⁇ k, and alk 2 , independently of one another, represent a single bond or Ci-d ⁇ alkylene;
  • R 1 represents hydrogen
  • R 2 represents hydrogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, amino, ammo di-substituted by C 3 -C 6 -alkylene, a group selected from -NR CO-R [R being lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl and R, being hydrogen], -NR CO-O-R [R being lower alkyl], -NR 1 -SO 2 -R [R being lower alkyl, phenyl- lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or quinolinyl and R, being hydrogen and phenyl being unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl], -NR S0 2 -NR ⁇ -R [Ri being hydrogen, and the group-N(R)(R ⁇ ) being di-lower alkylamino] , -S0 2 -R [R being lower alkyl], or -S0 2 -NR R, [R
  • Xi represents C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkylene, especially 1 ,3-cyclopentylen, 1 ,3-, or 1 ,4- cycloalkylene;
  • X 2 represents O and R 3 represents hydrogen
  • X 2 represents a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-;
  • R 3 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy;
  • R 4 represents hydrogen; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen or lower alkoxy.
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk 2 independently of one another, represent a single bond or methylene;
  • Xi is 1 ,4-cyclohexylene
  • X 2 is -0-; R 2 is -NH-S0 2 -R and R being naphthyl; and R 3 is hydrogen; or
  • R 2 represents -NH-S0 2 -R and R is phenyl substituted by halogen, especially 4- chloro-phenyl, or naphthyl; and R 3 represents hydrogen, C ⁇ -C -alkyl which substituted by C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl-am ⁇ o or by C ⁇ -C 4 -alkyl-am ⁇ no-carbonyl or by C 5 -C 3 -aikyle ⁇ e, or R 2 represents C ⁇ -C -alkylam ⁇ no, such as methylamino, C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxycarbonyl-am ⁇ no, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl-amino, -NH-S0 -R and R being phenyl substituted by Ci-d ⁇ alkyl, such as 4-methyl-phenyl, or d-C 4 -alkyl, such as methyl, or is NH-S0 2 -N(R ⁇ )(R) and Ri and R each being C ⁇
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which
  • X T represents 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexylene
  • X 2 represents a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-
  • R 3 represents hydrogen
  • R 4 represents hydrogen, alk ⁇ and alk 2 each represent a single bond; and R 2 represents hydrogen; or alki represents methylene and alk 2 represents d-C 2 -alkylene; and R 2 represents a group -NR ⁇ -S0 2 -R [R being naphthyl, especially 1- or 2-naphthyl], wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by C ⁇ -C 4 -alkoxy, especially methoxy, preferably in position 8 of the quinazohne ring
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof in which alki and alk 2 each represent methylene,
  • Xi 1 ,4-cyclohexylene
  • X 2 represents a group of the formula -NH-
  • R 2 represents ammo which is disubstituted by C 4 -C 5 -alkylene, such as 1 -piperidino, and R 3 represents phenyl which is substituted by halogen, especially 4-chloro-phenyl; or
  • R 2 represents -NH-S0 2 -R and R being naphthyl; and R 3 represents hydrogen, Ci-d ⁇ alkyl which is substituted by di- d-C 4 -alkylammo or by 4-d-C 4 -alkyl-p ⁇ peraz ⁇ no, such as 4- methyl-piperazino, wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by d-d-alkoxy, especially methoxy, preferably in position 8 of the ouinazolme ring
  • the invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof in which alki and alk 2 each represent methylene, Xi represents 1 ,4-cyclohexylene; X 2 represents a group of the formula -N(R 4 )-; Ri, R 3 , and R 4 each represents hydrogen; R 2 represents -NH-S0 2 -R and R represents 1- or 2-naphthyl; and wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by d-C 4 -alkoxy, especially methoxy, in position 8 of the quinazoline ring.
  • the invention relates in particular to the novel compounds shown in the examples and to the modes of preparation described therein.
  • the invention relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention.
  • the preparation of new compounds of the formula (I) and their salts comprises, for example, (a) reacting a compound of formula (lla) or a salt thereof
  • Z 2 is a leaving group with a compound of formula H-X 2 -R 3 (I lib) or a salt thereof, and, if desired, converting a compound (I) obtainable according to the process or in another manner, in free form or in salt form, into another compound (I), separating a mixture of isomers obtainable according to the process and isolating the desired isomer and/or converting a free compound (I) obtainable according to the process into a salt or converting a salt of a compound (I) obtainable according to the process into the free compound (I) or into another salt.
  • the reactions described above and below in the variants are carried out in a manner known per se, for example in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of a suitable solvent or diluent or a mixture thereof, the reaction, as required, being carried out with cooling, at room temperature or with warming, for example in a temperature range from about -80°C up to the boiling point of the reaction medium, preferably from about -10° to about +200°C, and, if necessary, in a closed vessel, under pressure, in an inert gas atmosphere and/or under anhydrous conditions.
  • the person skilled in the pertinent art is especially referred to the methods as outlined in the working examples based upon which the person skilled in the art is enabled to carry out the manufacture of the compounds of formula (I).
  • Salts of starting materials which have at least one basic centre, for example of the formula lllb are appropriate acid addition salts, while salts of starting materials which have an acidic group, for example of the formula (lib), are present as salts with bases, in each case as mentioned above in connection with corresponding salts of the formula (I).
  • a leaving group Zi or Z 2 is, for example, reactive esterified hydroxy, or is R'-S(0) p - [the integer u being 0, 1 or 2 and R' being lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl or aryl, such as methyl, trifluoromethyl or p-toluyl], or is lower alkoxy.
  • Reactive esterified hydroxyl (2 ) is in particular hydroxyl esterified with a strong inorganic acid or organic sulfonic acid, for example halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, or bromine, sulfonyloxy, such as hydroxysulfonyloxy, halosulfonyloxy, for example fluorosulfonyloxy, C 1 -C 7 -alkane-sulfonyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example methane- or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, C 5 -C ⁇ cycloalkanesulfonyloxy, for example cyclohexanesulfonyloxy, or benzenesulfonyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted, for example by C ⁇ d.alkyl or halogen, for example p-bromobenzene- or p-toluenesulf
  • Preferred Zi or Z 2 is chloro, bromo or iodo, methanesulfonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or p-toluenesulfonyloxy, or methylthio or methoxy.
  • Suitable bases are, for example, alkali metal hydroxides, hydrides, amides, alkanolates, carbonates, triphenylmethylides, di-lower alkylamides, aminoalkylamides or lower alkylsilylamides, naphthaleneamines, lower alkylamines, basic heterocycles, ammonium hydroxides, and carbocyclic amines.
  • Examples which may be mentioned are sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, sodium amide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert- butoxide, potassium carbonate, lithium triphenylmethylide, lithium diisopropylamide, potassium 3-(aminopropyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsily!amide, dimethylaminonaphthalene, di- or triethylamine, or ethyldiisopropylamine, N-methylpiperidine, pyridine, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, 1 ,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN) and 1 ,8-diaza- bicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU).
  • the starting material of fomulae (lla), (lib), (Ilia), and (lllb) is essentially known or is accessible analogously to preparation processes known per se.
  • the starting material of the formula (lla) is essentially described, for example, in US Patent No. 5,064,833.
  • R 2 represents N-acylated or N- alkylated ammo, such as a group of formula -NR1-CO-O-R, -NR CO-R, -NR 1 -CO- NR 1 -R, or N-substituted amino, is accessible, for example, by N-acylatmg or by N-alkylating, respectively, a, preferably N- protected, compound of the formula NH(R ⁇ )-alk ⁇ -X-alk 2 -Z 3 (lie) in which 3 represents a group which is convertable to R 2 , such as ammo, carboxy, or hydroxy.
  • protecting groups may be used, for example, t- butoxycarbonyl which will be split off after the N-acylation or the N-alkylation, respectively.
  • the starting material of formula (lib) in which R 2 represents carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl, or esterified carboxy can be manufactured starting from a compound of formula (lie) in which ⁇ 3 represents carboxy.
  • the esterification or amidation can be carried out in a manner known per se.
  • Starting fom a compound of formula (lie) in which Z 3 is hydroxy, corresponding etherified or esterified derivatives are accessible using etherification or este ⁇ faction methods known in the art.
  • the starting material of formula (Ilia) is accessible, for example, by selectively converting the Z 2 -group in position 4 into a group which is desactivated, for example, by selectively hydrolyzing a compound of formula (lllc)
  • a compound according to the invention containing hydroxyl can be etherified by methods known per se
  • the ethenfication can be carried out, for example, using an alcohol, such as a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, or a reactive ester thereof
  • Suitable reactive esters of the desired alcohols are, for example, those with strong inorganic or organic acids, such as corresponding halides, sulfates, lower alkanesulfonates or substituted or unsubstituted benzenesulfonates, for example chlorides, bromides, iodides, methane-, benzene- or p-toiuenesulfonates
  • the ethenfication can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a base, an alkali metal hydride, hydroxide or carbonate, or of an amme
  • corresponding ethers such as lower alkoxy compounds, can be cleaved, for example, by means o ⁇
  • Compounds according to the invention containing hydroxymethyl groups can be prepared, for example, starting from compounds containing corresponding carboxyl or esterified carboxyl, corresponding compounds being reduced in a manner known per se, for example by reduction with a hydride which, if desired, may be complex, such as a hydride formed from an element of the 1st and 3rd main groups of the periodic table of the elements, for example borohydride or aluminohyd ⁇ de, for example lithium borohyd ⁇ de, lithium aluminium hydride, diisobutylaluminium hydride (an additional reduction step using alkali metal cyanoborohydride, such as sodium cyanoborohydride, may be necessary), and also diborane If an aromatic structural component is substituted by (lower) alkylthio (in S(0) n -R n is 0), this can be oxidised in a customary manner to corresponding (lower) alkanesulfmyl or -sulfony
  • Suitable oxidising agents for the oxidation to the sulfoxide step are, for example, inorganic peracids, such as peracids of mineral acids, for example periodic acid or persulfuric acid, organic peracids, such as appropriate percarboxylic or persulfonic acids, for example performic, peracetic, t ⁇ fluoroperacetic or perbenzoic acid or p-toluenepersulfonic acid, or mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acids, for example a mixture of hydrogen peroxide with acetic acid.
  • inorganic peracids such as peracids of mineral acids, for example periodic acid or persulfuric acid
  • organic peracids such as appropriate percarboxylic or persulfonic acids, for example performic, peracetic, t ⁇ fluoroperacetic or perbenzoic acid or p-toluenepersulfonic acid
  • mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acids for example a mixture of hydrogen peroxide with
  • the oxidation is commonly carried out in the presence of suitable catalysts, catalysts which can be mentioned being suitable acids, such as substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acids, for example acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or transition metal oxides, such as oxides of elements of sub-group VII, for example vanadium oxide, molybdenum oxide or tungsten oxide.
  • suitable acids such as substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acids, for example acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid
  • transition metal oxides such as oxides of elements of sub-group VII, for example vanadium oxide, molybdenum oxide or tungsten oxide.
  • the oxidation is carried out under mild conditions, for example at temperatures from about -50° to about +100°C.
  • the oxidation to the sulfone step may also be carried out appropriately at low temperatures using dmitrogen tetroxide as the catalyst in the presence of oxygen, just like the direct oxidation of (lower) alkylthio to (lower) alkanesulfonyl.
  • the oxidising agent is customarily employed in an excess
  • the (aryl)alkylat ⁇ on is carried out, for example, using a reactive ester of an (aryl)C-) - C7alkyl halide, for example a bromide or iodide, (aryl)C- ) -C/alkylsulfonate, for example methanesulfonate or p-toluenesulfonate, or a di-C-j -C alkyl sulfate, for example dimethyl sulfate, preferably under basic conditions, such as in the presence of sodium hydroxide solution or potassium hydroxide solution, and advantageously in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst, such as tetrabutylammonium bromide or benzylt ⁇ methylammonium chloride, where, however, stronger basic condensing agents, such as alkali metal amides, hydrides or alkoxides, for example sodium amide, sodium hydride or sodium ethoxide, may be necessary.
  • a group of this type can be converted into a free carboxyl group, for example by means of hydrolysis, for example in the presence of a basic agent, or of an acidic agent, such as a mineral acid.
  • Tert-butyloxycarbonyl for example, can furthermore be converted into carboxyl, for example in a manner known per se, such as treating with trihaloacetic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid, and benzyloxycarbonyl can be converted into carboxyl, for example by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, for example in the manner described below.
  • this can be converted into an esterified carboxyl group, for example, by treating with an alcohol, such as a lower alkanol, in the presence of a suitable esterifying agent, such as an acid reagent, for example an inorganic or organic acid or a Lewis acid, for example zinc chloride, or a condensing agent which binds water, for example a carbodiimide, such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or by treating with a diazo reagent, such as with a diazo-lower alkane, for example diazomethane.
  • an alcohol such as a lower alkanol
  • a suitable esterifying agent such as an acid reagent, for example an inorganic or organic acid or a Lewis acid, for example zinc chloride
  • a condensing agent which binds water
  • a carbodiimide such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • a diazo reagent such
  • this can also first be converted into a reactive derivative, such as an anhydride, including a mixed anhydride, such as an acid halide, for example an acid chloride (for example by treating with a thionyl halide, for example thionyl chloride), or an anhydride using a formic acid ester, for example a (Cf -C7)alkyl ester (for example by treating a salt, such as an ammonium or alkali metal salt, with a haloformic acid ester, such as a chloroformic acid ester, such as a (Ci - C7)alkyl ester), or into an activated ester, such as a cyanomethyl ester, a nitrophenyl ester, for example a 4-n ⁇ trophenyl ester, or a polyhalophenyl ester, for example a pentachlorophenyl ester (for example by
  • an aromatic ring contains a hydrogen atom as a substituent
  • the latter can be replaced by a halogen atom with the aid of a halogenating agent in a customary manner, for example brominated with bromine, hypobromic acid, acyl hypobromites or other organic bromine compounds, for example N- bromosuccimmide, N-bromoacetamide, N-bromophthalimide, pyridinium perbromide, dioxane dibromide, 1 ,3-d ⁇ bromo-5,5-d ⁇ methylhydanto ⁇ n or 2,4,4,6- tetrabromo-2,5-cyclohexaned ⁇ en-1-one, or chlorinated with elemental chlorine, for example in a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as chloroform, and with cooling, for example from down to about -10° to about +100°C
  • an aromatic ring in the compounds according to the invention contains an ammo group
  • this can be diazotized in a customary manner, for example by treating with a nitrite, for example sodium nitrite, in the presence of a suitable protonic acid, for example a mineral acid, the reaction temperature advantageously being kept below about 5°C
  • a suitable protonic acid for example a mineral acid
  • the diazonium group present in the salt form and obtainable in this way can be substituted by analogous processes, for example as follows: by the hydroxyl group analogously to the boihng-out of phenol in the presence of water; by an alkoxy group by treating with an appropriate alcohol, energy having to be added; by the fluorine atom analogously to the Schiemann reaction in the thermolysis of corresponding diazonium tetrafluoroborates; by the halogen atoms chlorine, bromine or iodine and also the cyano group analogously to the Sandmeyer reaction in the reaction with corresponding Cu(l) salt
  • the compounds of the formula (I) contain unsaturated radicals, such as (lower) alkenyl or (lower) alkynyl groups, these can be converted into saturated radicals in a manner known per se.
  • unsaturated radicals such as (lower) alkenyl or (lower) alkynyl groups
  • these can be converted into saturated radicals in a manner known per se.
  • multiple bonds are hydrogenated by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of hydrogenation catalysts, suitable catalysts for this purpose being, for example, nickel, such as Raney nickel, and noble metals or their derivatives, for example oxides, such as palladium or platinum oxide, which may be applied, if desired, to support materials, for example to carbon or calcium carbonate.
  • the hydrogenation may preferably be carried out at pressures between 1 and about 100 at and at room temperature between about -80° to about 200°C, in particular between room temperature and about 100°C
  • a solvent such as water, a lower alkanol, for example ethanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, an ether, for example dioxane, or a lower alkanecarboxy c acid, for example acetic acid.
  • halogen such as chlorine
  • halogen can be replaced by reaction with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, an alcohol or a mercaptan
  • the invention relates in particular to the processes described in the examples.
  • Salts of compounds of the formula (I) can be prepared in a manner known per se.
  • acid addition salts of compounds of the formula (I) are obtained by treating with an acid or a suitable ion exchange reagent. Salts can be converted into the free compounds in a customary manner, and acid addition salts can be converted, for example, by treating with a suitable basic agent
  • the compounds according to the invention having salt-forming, in particular basic properties can be obtained in free form or preferably in the form of salts
  • novel compounds including their salts of salt-forming compounds can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates or can include other solvents used for crystallization
  • the novel compounds can be present in the form of one of the possible isomers or as mixtures thereof, for example as pure optical isomers, such as antipodes, or as isomer mixtures, such as racemates, diastereoisomer mixtures or racemate mixtures, depending on the number of asymmetric carbon atoms
  • compounds of the formula (I) in which e g X, has an asymmetric C atom Racemates and diastereomer mixtures obtained can be separated into the pure isomers or racemates in a known manner on the basis of the physicochemical differences of the components, for example by fractional crystallization Racemates obtained may furthermore be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, for example by recrystallization from an optically active solvent, chromatography on chiral adsorbents, with the aid of suitable microorganisms, by cleavage with specific immobilized enzymes, via the formation of inclusion compounds, for example using chiral crown
  • the invention also relates to those embodiments of the process, according to which a compound obtainable as an intermediate in any step of the process is used as a starting material and the missing steps are carried out or a starting material in the form of a derivative or salt and/or its racemates or antipodes is used or, in particular, formed under the reaction conditions
  • the invention likewise relates to pharmaceutical preparations which contain the compounds according to the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as active ingredients, and to processes for their preparation
  • the pharmaceutical preparations accordmg to the invention which contain the compound according to the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are those for enteral, such as oral, furthermore rectal, and parenteral administration to (a) warm-blooded an ⁇ mal(s), the pharmacological active ingredient being present on its own or together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier
  • the daily dose of the active ingredient depends on the age and the individual condition and also on the manner of administration
  • novel pharmaceutical preparations contain, for example, from about 10 % to about 80%, preferably from about 20 % to about 60 %, of the active ingredient
  • Pharmaceutical preparations according to the invention for enteral or parenteral administration are, for example, those in unit dose forms, such as sugar-coated tablets, tablets, capsules or suppositories, and furthermore ampoules These are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, sugar-coating, dissolving or lyophilizmg processes
  • pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carriers, if desired granulating a mixture obtained, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired or necessary, after addition of suitable excipients to give tablets or sugar-coated tablet cores
  • Suitable carriers are, in particular, fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, furthermore binders, such as starch paste, using, for example, corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, if desired, dismtegrants, such as the abovementioned starches, furthermore carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, algmic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium algmate; auxiliaries are primarily ghdants, flow-regulators and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol Sugar-coated tablet cores are provided with suitable
  • hard gelatin capsules and also soft closed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol
  • the hard gelatin capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in a mixture with fillers, such as lactose, binders, such as starches, and/or lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, if desired, stabilizers
  • the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, it also being possible to add stabilizers
  • Suitable rectally utilizable pharmaceutical preparations are, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of the active ingredient with a suppository base
  • Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols
  • gelatin rectal capsules which contain a combination of the active ingredient with a base substance may also be used
  • Suitable base substances are, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols or paraffin hydrocarbons
  • Suitable preparations for parenteral administration are primarily aqueous solutions of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for example a water- soluble salt, and furthermore suspensions of the active ingredient, such as appropriate oily injection suspensions, using suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles, such as fatty oils, for example sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or aqueous injection suspensions which contam viscosity-increasing substances, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran, and, if necessary, also stabilizers
  • the dose of the active ingredient depends on the warm-blooded animal species, the age and the individual condition and on the manner of administration. In the normal case, an approximate daily dose of about 10 mg to about 250 mg is to be estimated in the case of oral administration for a patient weighing approximately 75 kg .
  • B1 dich oromethane / methano 19:1
  • B2 dich oromethane / methano 9:1
  • B3 dich oromethane / methano 5:1
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • N,N-Dimethylaniline (114.0 g) is added slowly to a solution of 1 H,3H-quinazolin-2,4-dione (146.0 g) in phosphorousoxychloride (535.4 ml) while this mixture is heated up to 140°C. After completion of the addition reflux is continued for 20 h . The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated to give a residue which is added to ice and water. The product is extracted with dichloromethane and crystallized from diethylether and petroleum ether to yield 2,4-dichloro-quinazoiine, m.p. 115 - 116°C.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • 2-(4-Hvdroxy-cvclohexyamino)-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride A mixture of 2-chloro-4-phenylami ⁇ o-quinazoline (2.3 g) and trans-4-amino-cyclohexanol (1.26 g) is heated for 3 min to produce a melt which is dissolved in isopropanol. 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.1 ml) is added. Crystallization from isopropanol and acetone yields 2-(4-hydroxy- cyclohexyamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, m.p. 258 - 259°C.
  • Example 5 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)- cyclohexylmethv ⁇ -amide hydrochloride
  • 2-chloro-4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne (0.256 g)
  • trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-am ⁇ no-cyclohexylmethy!-am ⁇ de (0.364 g) in iso-propanol (5 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 17 h After cooling to room temperature, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • trans-4-(am ⁇ nomethyl)-cyclohexanecarboxyl ⁇ c acid 60 g
  • 1 N NaOH 917 ml
  • 1-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride 86.59 g
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 20 h
  • the crude product is obtained as its HCl salt and is purified by recystallization from isopropanol (mp. 259 °C).
  • To the purified HCl salt is added 1.2 I of 1 N NaOH and the resulting solution is extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide as a colorless amorphous solid; Rf(C5) 0.07.
  • trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-isocyano-cyclohexylmethyl)-amid as a colorless oil; Rf(A1) 0.73.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 1 trans-N- ⁇ 4-[(4-Amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methv ⁇ -cvclohexylmethyl -4- methoxy-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • trans-(4-Hvdroxymethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester A solution of trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyciohexanecarboxylic acid (obtained according to: EP 0614 91 1 A1) (34.5 g) and triethylamine (28 ml) in dichloromethane (700 ml) is cooled to -70 °C and treated with methylchloroformate (12.9 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred 0.5 h at -70°C . The temperature is allowed to increase to 0 °C and the solution is stirred another 0.5 h until completion of the reaction.
  • the reaction mixture is taken up in ice-cold dichloromethane, washed with an ice-cold 0.5 N HCl solution, a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water. The organics are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to the mixted-anhydride as an oil.
  • This material is taken up in THF and treated at - 70 °C with sodium borohydride (5.90 g), followed by absolute methanol (10 ml).
  • the reaction mixture is stirred 15 h at 0 °C and 1 h at ambient temperature to drive the reaction to completion.
  • a 0.5 N HCl solution is then carefuly added at 0°C, followed by ethyl acetate.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 13 trans-N- 4-[(4-Am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethyl -2,5- dimethoxy-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochloride (0.3 g) with 2,5-d ⁇ methoxy-benzenesulfonylchlo ⁇ de (0.258 g) as described in Example 11 provides trans-N- ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ - 2,5-d ⁇ methoxy-benzenesulfonam ⁇ de hydrochloride melting at 137 - 145°C Rf(C1 ) 0.20, FAB-MS- (M+H)+
  • Example 15 trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic ac ⁇ d ⁇ 4-r(4-am ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methv ⁇ - cvclohexylmethyl ⁇ -a ⁇ de hydrochloride
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 25 trans-(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam ⁇ no)-methyll-cvclohexylmethylV-am ⁇ de hydrochloride
  • the starting material can be manufactured, for example, as follows:
  • Example 26 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-6-bromo-qu ⁇ nazolin-2- ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl -amide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows. a) trans- ⁇ 4-[(Naphthalene-2-sulfonylamino)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-carbam ⁇ c acid tert- butyl ester
  • trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4-am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide
  • trans- ⁇ 4-[(naphthalene-2- sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester is converted to trans-naphthalene-2-sulfon ⁇ c acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de, melting at 123 - 126 °C. Rf(C2) 0.39.
  • Example 28 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-oxo-3,4-d ⁇ hvdro-gu ⁇ nazolin-2- ylamino)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-amide
  • Example 29 trans-Naphtha ene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylamino)- methy ]-cyclohexylmethyl -amide
  • Example 30 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-f(4-tert-butylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam ⁇ no)-methv ⁇ -cvclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • a mixture of 2-chloro-4-tert.-butyl-amino-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne (0.1 18 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid (4-am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de (0.216 g) is heated for 2 mm to produce a melt which is dissolved in acetonitrile.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 32 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)- cvclohexylethy l-amide hydrochloride
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ [4-(para-toluene sulfonyl)-oxy-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de as white crystals melting at 153 - 155 °C, Rf(A1) 0.56.
  • a suspension of naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid trans-[(4-cyanomethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]- amide (2 0 g) and Raney nickel (0.5 g) in methanol (50 ml) containing 5% ammonia is stirred
  • Example 33 In a manner analogous to that described herein before it is also possible to manufacture the following compounds:
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-methoxy-ethylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl ⁇ - cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-hydroxy-ethylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl ⁇ - cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]- methyl ⁇ -cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(3-methoxy-propylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl ⁇ - cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-methylam ⁇ no-qumazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ - methyl-amide c/s-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Morphol ⁇ ne-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ - amide
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-amino-8-(morpholin-4-ylethoxy)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl ⁇ -cyclohexylmethyl)-amide.
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-amino-8-ethyl-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methylJ- cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -amide.
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-amino-6-methoxyethoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl>-amide.
  • Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-amino-5,8-dimethoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -amide.
  • Piperidine-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 3-[(4-amino-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexyimethyl ⁇ -amide.
  • Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid ⁇ 3-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ - amide.
  • Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid ⁇ 3-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclopentylmethyl ⁇ - amide.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • trans-(4-Az ⁇ domethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester fra ⁇ s-(4-Hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester (24 g) in pyridine (200 ml) at 0 °C is treated with a solution of para-toluenesulfonylchlo ⁇ de (24 44 g) in pyndine (50 ml).
  • Example 34 gives trans-N- ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -4- fluoro-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride as a powder melting at 95-102 °C Rf(B2) 0.30,
  • Example 39 a ⁇ s-Naphtha ene-1 -sulfonic acid 4- ⁇ [4-(2-methoxy-ethylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam ⁇ no1-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows (2-Chloro-Qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-4-yl)-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-am ⁇ ne
  • Example 40 tra ⁇ s-Naphthalene-2-sulfon ⁇ c acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ f4-(2-methoxy-ethylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylaminol-methyD-cvclohexylmethyll-amide
  • Example 41 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ f4-(2-hvdroxy-ethylam ⁇ no)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam ⁇ no]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 40 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ 4-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethylam ⁇ no]-quinazolin-2-ylam ⁇ no ⁇ -methyl ⁇ - cyclohexylmethyl) ⁇ am ⁇ de as a powder melting at 90-92 °C.
  • Rf(C1) 0.09
  • FAB-MS: (M+H) +
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 45 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-methylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)- methylj-cvclohexylmethylVamide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
  • Example 50 trans-N,N-D ⁇ methyl-2- ⁇ 2- ⁇ 4-f(naphthalene-2-sulfonylam ⁇ no)-methyll- cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ noV-gu ⁇ nazohn-4-ylam ⁇ no -acetam ⁇ de
  • Example 40 followed by chromatography (silica gel, B4) gives tra ⁇ s-N,N-d ⁇ methyl-2- ⁇ 2- ⁇ 4-
  • Example 51 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-p ⁇ per ⁇ d ⁇ n-1 -yl-ethylamino)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
  • Example 52 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- f4-(2-morphol ⁇ n-4-yl-ethylam ⁇ no)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ nol-methylV-cvclohexylmethvi -am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • Example 53 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- [4-(3-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methylV-cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de hydrochloride
  • the starting mate ⁇ al can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • N-(2-Fluoro-gu ⁇ nazohn-4-yl)-N',N'-d ⁇ methyl-ethane-1 ,2-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne A solution of 2,4-difluoro-quinazohne (0.85 g) (prepared from 2,4-d ⁇ chloro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne according to: Schroeder, H. etal. J. Org. Chem. 1962, 27, 2580) in N,N-d ⁇ methylformam ⁇ de (25 ml) is treated with a solution of 2-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ noethylam ⁇ ne (0.84 ml) of in N,N- dimethylformamide (5 ml) at 0 °C.
  • Example 55 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- [4-(2-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)- gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylamino]-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de
  • Example 56 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- ⁇ [4-(2-d ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)- g ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • N-(2-Chloro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-4-yl)-N',N'-d ⁇ ethyl-ethane-1 ,2-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochlonde A suspension of 2,4-d ⁇ chloro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne (30 g) in isopropanol (200 ml) is treated by dropwise addition of a solution of N,N-d ⁇ ethylethylened ⁇ am ⁇ ne (23.3 ml) in isopropanol (50 ml) in an exothermic reaction The reaction mixture is cooled to 0 °C, the voluminous precipitate is collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo to give N-(2-chloro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n- 4-yl)-N',N'-d ⁇ ethyl-ethane-1 ,2-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochloride as a powder melting at 205-206 °C Rf(B2) 0.20
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 58 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- 4-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yll- ethylamino]-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl ⁇ -cvclohexylmethyll-amide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 59 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- [4-(3-diethylamino-propylamino)- quinazolin-2-ylamino1-methylFcvclohexylmethyl)-amide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 60 trans-Propane-2-sulfon ⁇ c ac ⁇ d ⁇ 4- ⁇ f4-(3-d ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n- 2-ylam ⁇ no]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl -am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 61 trans-4-Methyl-p ⁇ peraz ⁇ ne-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ f4-(3-d ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no1-methyl ⁇ -cvclohexylmethyl>-am ⁇ de
  • Example 62 tra ⁇ s-N- 4- ⁇ f4-(3-D ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl>- cyc ohexylmethylV-C-phenylmethanesulfonamide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 65 trans-N(4)-(3-D ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-propyl)-N(2)- ⁇ 4-[(2-methoxy-benzylam ⁇ no)- methvn-cvclohexylmethyl>-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 67 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- f4-(2-am ⁇ no-ethylammo)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam ⁇ no1-methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • Example 68 trans-4- ⁇ 2- ⁇ 2- ⁇ 4-f(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylam ⁇ no)-methyll-cvclohexylmethylF am ⁇ no -gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-4-ylam ⁇ no>-ethylV-p ⁇ peraz ⁇ ne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 69 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid
  • Example 70 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-r(2-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-ethyl)-methyl- am ⁇ no1-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl)-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de
  • the starting mate ⁇ al can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylaminomethyl-cvc!ohexylmethv!-amide
  • Reaction of trans-4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methylamide (0.83 g) with borane-THF complex according to Example 5c gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methy!am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de as a white powder melting at 141 -142 °C Rf(C2) 0.14
  • Example 72 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-f(4-am ⁇ no-6-fluoro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-yl-amino)- methyl]-cvclohexylmethylFam ⁇ de
  • Example 26 gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-6-fluoro-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-yl- am ⁇ no)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de melting at 118-122 °C. Rf(C1) 0.22; ESI-MS-
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • Example 73 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-6-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazo! ⁇ n-2-yl- amino)-methyl1-cyclohexyimethyl ⁇ -amide hydrochlonde
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • Example 75 frans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)-8- methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no1-methyl ⁇ -cyclohexylmethylV-am ⁇ de
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 76 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ,4-(2-d ⁇ ethv!am ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)-8- methoxy-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]-methyl ⁇ -cvclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de Reaction of N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-4-yl)-N',N'-d ⁇ ethyl-ethane-1 ,2-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochloride (2g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylam ⁇ nomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de (2 12 g) according to Example 56 gives trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ [4-(2-d ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-ethylam ⁇ no)-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ n
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 77 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4- ⁇ f4-(3-d ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)-8- methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no1-methyl>-cvclohexylmethylV-am ⁇ de hydrochlonde Reaction of N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-4-yl)-N',N'-d ⁇ ethyl-propane-1 ,3-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochlonde (2 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylam ⁇ nomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de (2 03 g) according to Example 56 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2), treatment with a 4N HCl solution in dioxane and trituration of the crude material in isopropylether gives trans-naphthal
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • Example 78 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[4-am ⁇ no-ou ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-methyl]- cvclohexylmethylj-methyl-amide hydrochlonde
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with dichloromethane (150 ml), washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo
  • the crude product is purified by recrystallization from ether-hexane to obtain tra ⁇ s-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxymethyl)- cyclohexylmethyl]-am ⁇ de as white crystals melting at 126-127 °C Rf (A1) 0 64
  • trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2- yloxymethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-am ⁇ de (11.0 g) in DMF (60 ml) is added sodium hydride (1.26 g, ca 60 %) at room temperature over a period of 5 mm
  • sodium hydride (1.26 g, ca 60 %) at room temperature over a period of 5 mm
  • methyl iodide (1.97 ml) is added in a dropwise manner over 10 mm.
  • trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-am ⁇ nomethyl-cvclohexytmethyl)-methyl-am ⁇ de
  • trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-az ⁇ de-methyl-cyclohexylmethyl)- methyl-amide
  • plat ⁇ num(IV)-ox ⁇ de (0.25 g) and the mixture is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 35 m .
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
  • trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid f4-(1-am ⁇ no-methyl-ethyl)-cvclohexylmethyl]-am ⁇ de To a stirred suspension of anhydrous cesium trichloride (14.99 g) in THF (125 ml) is added a solution of methyl lithium - lithium bromide complex in diethyl ether (40 ml) below -65 °C After stirring at -78 °C for 30 mm, a solution of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-cyano- cyclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de (5 g) in THF is added to the mixture in a dropwise manner.
  • Example 81 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[1 -methy -1 -(4-phenylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n- 2-ylam ⁇ no)-ethyll-cvclohexylmethyl)-am ⁇ de hydrochlonde
  • Example 82 trans Naphthalene-2-sulfon ⁇ c acid ⁇ 4-r(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no) methyll- cyclohexylV-amide hydrochloride
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfon ⁇ c ac ⁇ d (4-aminomethyl-cvclohexyl)-am ⁇ de
  • a solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (50 ml) is added dropwise over 20 mm to a yellow solution of trans-[4-(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester (8.43 g) in dichloromethane (50 ml) at 0 °C.
  • Methanol (10 ml) and additional 4N HCl in dioxane (35 ml) are added after 6 h.
  • Example 83 trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4- ⁇ f4-(4-chloro-phenylam ⁇ no)-gumazol ⁇ n-2- ylamino]-methy! ⁇ cvclohexyl)-amide hydrochloride
  • Example 84 trans Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-f(4-am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no) methyl]- cvclohexylFamide
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 85 trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfon ⁇ c ac ⁇ d ⁇ 4-f(4-am ⁇ no-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylammo) methyl]-cvclohexyl>-am ⁇ de
  • Example 86 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4- ⁇ f4-(4-chloro-phenylam ⁇ no)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylam nol-methy V-cvclohexyO-amide
  • Example 87 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid ⁇ 4-[(4-am ⁇ no-8-methoxy-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2- ylammo) methyl]-cvclohexyl ⁇ -am ⁇ de hydrochlonde
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • trans-4-(Am ⁇ nomethyl-cvclohexylam ⁇ no)-4-phenylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne dihydrochloride A suspension of trans-[4-(4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (6.8 g) in chloroform (50 ml) is treated with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (20 ml) at 0 °C After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is recrystallized from isopropanol to yield trans-4-(am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclo- hexylam ⁇ no)-4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne dihydrochloride as white crystals melting at 326 - 330 °C The dihydrochloride salt is taken
  • Example 91 trans-N-(4- ⁇ [4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)am ⁇ no]-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no>- cvclohexylmethyl)-(N,N-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no)-sulfonam ⁇ de hydrochlonde
  • trans-4-(am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexyl- am ⁇ no)-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)am ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne dihydrochloride (0 36 g), dusopropylethyl ⁇ amine (0 6 ml) and dimethylsulfamoy!
  • Example 92 trans-N-(4- ⁇ [4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)am ⁇ no]-8-methoxy-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no>- cvclohexylmethylHN,N-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no)-sulfonam ⁇ de hydrochlonde
  • Example 95 tra ⁇ s- ⁇ 4-,4-(Cvclopropylammo)-8-methoxy-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no]- cyclohexy methyiy-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Example 96 trans- ⁇ 4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylam ⁇ no)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no1-cvclohexylmethylF acetamide hydrochlonde
  • a solution of trans-(4-am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexyl)-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne dihydrochloride (0 955 g) and dusopropylethylamine (1 ml) in 25 ml of dichloromethane is cooled to 0 °C and treated with acetic anhydride (0 28 ml) After stirring for 1 h at room temperature, the reaction mixture is diluted with aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with dichloromethane.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • trans- ⁇ 4-[4-(4-chloro-phenylam ⁇ no)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2-ylam ⁇ no]-cyclohexylmethyl>-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester hydrochlonde (2.44 g) and 5N HCl solution in isopropanol (20 ml) are reacted together to give trans-(4- am ⁇ nomethyl-cyclohexyl)-4-(4-chloro-phenylam ⁇ no)-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne dihydrochloride as an amorphous solid Rf(H1) 0.14, ESI-MS: (M+H)+ 382, 384
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • trans- -Aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid benzylester hydrochloride According to the procedure described in Example 90b, trans-[4-(tert.-butoxycarbonyl- aminomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamic acid benzylester (49 g) and 4N HCl solution in dioxane (20 ml) are reacted together to give trans-(-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid benzylester hydrochloride as white crystals melting at 194-197 °C: Rf(G1) 0.10.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • trans- ⁇ 4-[(2-methoxy-acetylam ⁇ no)- methyl]-cyclohexyl ⁇ -carbam ⁇ c acid benzylester 5.75 g
  • 10% Pd/C 0.5 g
  • trans-(4-am ⁇ no-cyclohexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-acetam ⁇ de a light yellow waxy solid- Rf(D2) 0.31
  • ESI-MS: (M+H)+ 201.
  • Example 104 trans-2-Methoxy-[4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2-ylam ⁇ no)- cyclohexylmethyll-acetamide hydrochlonde
  • Example 106 trans-f4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazolin-2-ylam ⁇ no)-cvclohexylmethyl]- methanesulfonamide hydrochlonde
  • Example 107 tran5-f4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazolin-2-ylammo)-cvclohexylmethyl]- (N.N-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no)-sulfonam ⁇ de hydrochlonde
  • Example 108 tra ⁇ s-4-(Cvclopropylmethyl)-2-(4-p ⁇ per ⁇ din-1-ylmethyl-cvclohexyl)- qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-diam ⁇ ne dihydrochloride
  • Example 109 trans-4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-p ⁇ per ⁇ d ⁇ n-1 -ylmethyl-cvclohexyl)-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ e- 2.4-d ⁇ amme dihydrochloride
  • Example 110 4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-2-cvclohexyl-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ am ⁇ ne hydrochlonde
  • 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-am ⁇ no- qumazoline (0.435 g) and cyclohexylamme (0.17 ) are reacted together to give 4-(3-chloro- phenyl)-2-cyclohexyl-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ amine hydrochloride as a white powder melting at 237-240 °C- Rf(H1 ) 0.56.
  • Example 1 1 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylam ⁇ no)-4-phenylam ⁇ no-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne hydrochlonde M.p. 269 - 270 °C.
  • Example 1 12 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-hvdroxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride
  • Example 1 14 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-(methoxycarbonyl-methoxy)-4-phenylamino- guinazoline hydrochloride
  • Example 1 15 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-[(2-hvdroxy-ethoxy)1-4-phenylamino- guinazoli ⁇ e hydrochloride
  • Example 1 17 2-(N-Ethyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-hvdroxy-4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-guinazoline hydrochloride
  • Example 1 18 trans-2-(4-Benzoyloxy-cvclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride M.p. 238 - 239 °C.
  • Example 1 19 trans-2-(4-Acetoxy-cvclohexylam ⁇ no)-4-(4-methoxy-phenylam ⁇ no ) -ouinazoline hydrochloride
  • Example 120 N(2)-(trans-4-Dimethylamino-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl- gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-diamine
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • a solution of cesium carbonate (127.3 g) in degassed water (145 ml) is added to a suspension of 2-amino-5-bromo-benzo ⁇ c acid (60 g) in toluene (1000 ml) at room temperature under an inert atmosphere of argon p-Tolylboronic acid (49.1 g) and tetrak ⁇ s(tr ⁇ phenylphosph ⁇ ne)pallad ⁇ um(0) (4.5 g) are added and the mixture is heated at reflux for 18 h. Water is added (500 ml) to the cooled reaction mixture and the organic phase is extracted with water.
  • 6-p-tolyl-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne-2,4-d ⁇ ol (37.8 g) is converted into 2,4-dichloro-6-p-tolyl-qu ⁇ nazohne melting at 122-124 °C. Rf(A11) 0.27.
  • Example 121 1 - ⁇ trans-4-f(4-Methylam ⁇ no-6-o-tolyl-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-2ylam ⁇ no ) -methyl]-cyclo- hexyl>-pentan-1 -ol
  • the starting materials can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • reaction mixture is diluted with diethylether, washed with 1 :1 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate/saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give trans-(4-formyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbam ⁇ c acid tert-butyl ester as a light yellow oil which is used without further purification.
  • Rf(A1 ) 0.57.
  • Example 122 1 - ⁇ trans-4-f(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyll-cvclo- hexyl)-pentan-1 -one
  • a mixture of "wet" dichloromethane (1.11 ml containing 0.003 ml of water) is added to a suspension of 1 - ⁇ trans-4-[(4-methylamino-6-/>-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl ⁇ - pentan-1 -ol (0.072 g) and 1 ,1 ,1-triacetoxy-1 ,1-dihydro-1 ,2-benziodoxol-3(1 H)-one (Dess- Martin periodinane) (0.103 g) in dichloromethane (0.5 ml) at room temperature.
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 127 1 -(trans-4- ⁇ [4-(3-D ⁇ ethylam ⁇ no-propylam ⁇ no)-6,8-d ⁇ methyl-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n-
  • the starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
  • Example 129 1 -(trans-4- ⁇ [4-(3-D ⁇ ethylamino-propylam ⁇ no)-6.8-d ⁇ methyl-gu ⁇ nazol ⁇ n- 2ylam ⁇ nol-methyl)-cvclohexyl)-2-phenyl-ethano ⁇ e
  • Tablets each containing 50 mg of active ingredient, for example, 2-cyclohexylam ⁇ no-4- phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, can be prepared as follows Composition (for 10,000 tablets)
  • the active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and 292 g of potato starch, and the mixture is moistened using an alcoholic solution of the gelatin and granulated by means of a sieve After drying, the remainder of the potato starch, the talc, the magnesium stearate and the highly disperse silica are admixed and the mixture is compressed to give tablets of weight 145 0 mg each and active ingredient content 50.0 mg which, if desired, can be provided with breaking notches for finer adjustment of the dose
  • Example 132 Coated tablets, each containing 100 mg of active ingredient, for example, 2- cyclohexylam ⁇ no-4-phenylam ⁇ no-qu ⁇ nazol ⁇ ne hydrochlonde, can be prepared as follows.
  • composition for 1000 tablets
  • Dichloromethane q s The active ingredient, the lactose and 40 g of the corn starch are mixed and moistened and granulated with a paste prepared from 15 g of corn starch and water (with warming). The granules are dried, and the remainder of the corn starch, the talc and the calcium stearate are added and mixed with the granules. The mixture is compressed to give tablets (weight: 280 mg) and these are coated with a solution of the hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and the shellac in dichloromethane (final weight of the coated tablet: 283 mg).
  • Example 133 Tablets and coated tablets containing another compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the formula (I), for example as in one of Examples 1 to 130, can also be prepared in an analogous manner to that described in Examples 131 and 132.

Abstract

The invention relates to a compound of formula (I) in which the variables are as defined and or a salt or a tautomer thereof; and relates to a method of treatment of disorders or diseases associated with NPY receptor subtype Y5, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and to the manufacture of the compounds of formula (I) or a salt thereof.

Description

RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
Background of the Invention
Neuropeptide Y (NPY) is a member of the pancreatic polypeptide family of peptides and is one of the most abundant and widely distributed peptides at the central and peripheral nervous system. NPY acts as a neurotransmitter playing an important role in the regulation of various diseases. Intensive evaluations lead to the finding that multiple NPY receptors are existing being responsible for different physiological and pharmacological activities. Recently, a new NPY receptor subtype has been characterized and cloned, designated as Y5 receptor. It has been demonstrated that the pharmacological function associated with Y5 relates, for example, to obesity and eating disorders. Accordingly, the provision of compounds which act as antagonists of this receptor subtype represents a promisable approach in the regulation of diseases or disorders, such as obesity and eating/food intake disorders.
Summary of the Invention
The invention relates to new compounds having Y5 antagonistic properties, to pharmaceutical compositions and to a method of treatment and prophylaxis of disorders and diseases associated with NPY receptor subtype Y5.
Detailed Description of the Invention
The invention relates to a compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000003_0001
in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent, a single bond or lower alkylene; RT represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, C3-Cs-cycloalkyl, C3-Ce-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, by lower alkoxy, by amino, by substituted amino, by carboxy, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-iower alkoxycarbonyl, by carbamoyl, or by N-substituted carbamoyl;
(ii) amino or substituted amino;
(iii) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, lower alkynyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-Ca-cycloalkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, aminocarbonyl-oxy, or N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy; (iv) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyi; (v) carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl;
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-O-R, -NR^CO-R, -NR CO-NR R, - NRrS02-R, -NRι-S02-NR R, -S02-R,
Figure imgf000004_0001
or -S02-NR,-CO-R, [R being as defined below and Ri being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(Rι) represents amino which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(O)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
(vii) an element of formula -X^X β ) wherein, (a) if X3 is -CH-, X, together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -X6-(CO)p-(CH2)o-, -(CH2)q-X6-(CO)p-(CH2)r-, or -(CH2)s-X6-CO-(CH2)r; or, (b) if X3 is -N-, X together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -CO-(CH2)u-; [Xe being -CH2-, -N(R,)- or -0-; the integer o is 3-5; the integer p is 0 or 1 ; the integer q is 1 or 2; the integer r is 1 ; the integer s is 1 or 2; the integer t is 1 or 2; the integer u is 3-5; with the proviso that, if the integer p is 0, X, is different from -CH2-;];
X represents C3-Cβ-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylidene, C3- C8-cycloalkenylidene, oxo-C3-CB-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, oxo-C3-C8- cycloalkylidene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenyiidene; X2 represents -O-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R4)-;
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl- lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, N-substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R;
R3 and R together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, lower alkynyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, nitro, cyano;
(ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy- lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(iii) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl; (iv) amino, substituted amino;
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl; (vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl, wherein, in each case, the substituted ammo group of substituted ammo, of N- substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (ii) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(O)n or NRo] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (in) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 ; wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkmyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyciic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, -S02-R, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy, wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy; or a salt or a tautomer thereof; and relates to a method of treatment of associated with NPY receptor subtype Y5, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and to the manufacture of the compounds of formula (I) or a salt thereof.
Compounds of formula (I) in which X2-R3 represent -OH or -SH, are present in form of proton tautomers i.e. in a kind of enol-keto tautomeric forms. Corresponding tautomers also are an embodiment of the present invention
The compounds (I) can be present as salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts. If the compounds (I) have, for example, at least one basic centre, they can form acid addition salts These are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric acid or a hydroha c acid, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as Cι-C4- alkanecarboxylic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example, by halogen, for example acetic acid, such as saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for examDle oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, such as hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, such as ammo acids, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or such as benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as Cι-C4-alkane- or arylsulfonic acids which are unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example methane- or p-toluenesulfonic acid Corresponding acid addition salts can also be formed having, if desired, an additionally present basic centre The compounds (I) having at least one acid group (for example COOH) can also form salts with bases Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts witn ammonia or an organic amme, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrohdine, a mono-, di- or tπ-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-, tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropylamine, or a mono-, di- or tnhydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or triethanolamine Corresponding internal salts may furthermore be formed, if a compound of formula comprises e.g both a carboxy and an ammo group. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for the isolation or purification of free compounds (I) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl in (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl or aryloxy, respectively, represents, for example, phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl or an appropriate 5- or 6-membered and monocyclic radical or an appropriate bicyclic heteroaryl radical which, in each case, have up to four identical or different hetero atoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, preferably one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom Appropriate 5-membered heteroaryl radicals are, for example, monoaza-, diaza-, tπaza-, tetraaza-, monooxa- or monothia-cyclic aryl radicals, such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, lmidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl and thienyl, while suitable appropriate 6-membered radicals are in particular pyridyl Appropriate bicyclic heterocyclic aryls are, for example, indolyl, mdazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, qumoiinyl, isoquinohnyl, or quinazol yl Appropriate aromatic radicals, including ring A, are radicals which may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, for example di- or trisubstituted, for example by identical or different radicals, for example selected from the group as given above Preferred substituents of corresponding aryl radicals (including of ring A) are, for example, halogen, lower alkyl, halo- lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, and lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy.
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl is in particular benzoyl, naphthoyl, furoyl, thenoyl, or pyridoyl.
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl in (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl -lower alkanoyl is in particular phenyl-lower alkanoyl, naphthyl-lower alkanoyl, or pyridyl-lower alkanoyl,
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyridyl- lower alkyl.
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyridyl-lower alkoxy.
(Carbocyclic or heterocyclic) arylene represents, in particular, phenylene, naphthylene, thiophenylene, furylene, pyridylene which may be substituted, for example, as indicated for benzo ring A or preferably unsubstituted.
Lower alkyl which substituted by halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or amino is in particular halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyridyloxy- lower alkyl, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl, amino-lower alkyl, or N- or N,N- substituted amino-lower alkyl.
An amino group which is mono-substituted by lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl- lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl is in particular lower alkylamino, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-amino, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-loweralkyl-amino, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-amino, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkylamino.
An amino group which is, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl is in particular di-lower alkylamino, di-C3-C8-cycloalkyl-amino, di-(C3-CB-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-amino, di-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino, di-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amino, lower alkyl-C3-C8- cycloalkyl-amino, lower alkyl-(C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-amino, lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-amino, lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amino.
Lower alkyl which is substituted by carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, carbamoyl in which the amino group is mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, and carbamoyl in which the amino group is di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, NR0, the integer n being 0, 1 or 2 and R0 being hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, -SO3H, -SO2-R and R being lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycioalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkyl] is in particular carboxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl, (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl, carbamoyl-lower alkyl, or corresponding N- or N, N-substituted carbamoyl-lower alkyl.
Lower alkoxy which substituted by halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or amino is in particular halo-lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, phenyioxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyridyloxy-lower alkyl, phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkoxy, amino- lower alkoxy, or corresponding N- or N,N- substituted amino-lower alkoxy.
Lower alkoxy which is substituted by carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, carbamoyl in which the amino group is mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, and carbamoyl in which the amino group is di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, NR0, the integer n being 0, 1 or 2 and R0 being hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, -S03H, -S02-R and R being lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-Ce- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkyl] is in particular carboxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy, (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl- lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy, carbamoyl-lower alkoxy, N- or N, N-substituted carbamoyl-lower alkoxy.
Substituted lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, respectively, is mono- or poly-substituted, e.g. di- or tri-substituted.
The group of formula -N(R3)(R4) [X2 = -N(R )-] in which R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene which is condensedat two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring represents, for example, lower alkylene-phenylene-lower alkylene-amino, such as 3,4-dihydro-1 /-/- ιsoquinolin-2-yl.
The general definitions used above and below, unless defined differently, have the following meanings:
The expression "lower" means that corresponding groups and compounds, in each case, in particular comprise not more than 7, preferably not more than 4, carbon atoms.
Halogen is in particular halogen of atomic number not more than 35, such as fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and also includes iodine.
Lower alkyl is in particular d-C7- alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and also includes corresponding pentyl, hexyl and heptyl radicals. Cι-C4-alky! is preferred.
Lower alkenyl is in particular C3-C7-alkenyl and is, for example, 2-propenyl or 1 -, 2- or 3-butenyl. C3-C5-alkenyl is preferred Lower alkynyl is in particular C3-C7-alkynyl and is preferably propargyl.
Lower alkoxy is in particular d-Cr-alkoxy and is, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy and also includes corresponding pentyloxy, hexyloxy and heptyloxy radicals. d-C - alkoxy is preferred.
Lower alkenyloxy is in particular C3-C7-alkenyloxy, preferably allyloxycarbonyl, while lower alkynyioxy is in particular CVCs-alkynyloxy, such as propargyloxy.
Oxy-lower alkylene-oxy is in particular oxy-C1-C4-alkylene-oxy, preferably oxy- methylene-oxy or oxy-ethylene-oxy.
Lower alkanoyl is in particular C2-C7-alkanoyl, such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl or pivaloyl. C2-C5-alkanoyl is preferred.
Lower alkanoyl-oxy is in particular C2-C7-alkanoyl-oxy, such as acetyl-oxy, propionyl-oxy, butyryl-oxy, isobutyryl-oxy or pivaloyl-oxy. C2-C5-alkanoyl-oxy is preferred.
NaphthoyI is 1- or 2-naphthoyl, furoyi 2- or 3-furoyl, thenoyi 2- or 3-thenyl, and pyridoyi 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridoyl.
C3-C8-Cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. Cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferred.
C3-C8-Cycloalkyl-lower alkyl is in particular C3-C8-cycloalkyl-Cι-C4-alkyl, in particular C3-C6- cycloalkyl-C C2-alkyl. Preferred is cyclopropylmethyi, cyclopentyimethyl or cyclohexylmethyl.
C3-C8-Cycloalkoxy is, for example, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and cycloheptyloxy. Cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy are preferred. C3-C8-Cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy is in particular C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C1-C4-alkoxy, in particular C3- C6-cycloalkyl-Cι-C2-alkoxy. Preferred is cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopentylmethoxy or cyclohexylmethoxy
C3-Cβ-Cycloalkylene is, for example, C3-C6-cycloalkylene, such as 1 ,3-cyclopentylene, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexylene, or 1 ,4-
C3-C8-Cycloalkenylene is, for example, C3-C6-cycloalkenylene, such as 1 ,3-cyclopent-2- enylene, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohex-2-enylene.
C3-C8-Cycloalkylιdene is, for example, C3-C6-cycloalkylιdene, such as cyclopentylidene, cyclopentylidene or cyclohexylidene.
C3-C8-Cycloalkenylιdene is, for example, C3-C6-cycloalkenylιdene, such as 1 , 1 -cyclopent-2- eny dene, 1 ,1-cyclohex-2-enylιdene or 1 ,1-cyclohex-3-enylιdene
Oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylene is, for example, oxo-C3-C6-cycloalkylene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,3- cyclopentylene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohexylene or 3-oxo-1 ,3- or 3-oxo-1 ,4- cyclohexylene
Oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene is, for example, oxo-C3-C6-cycloalkenylene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,3- cyclopent-5-enylene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohex-5-enylene, or 3-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohex-5- enylene.
Oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene is, for example, oxo-C3-C6-cycloalkylιdene, such as 2-oxo-1 ,1- cyclopent-5-enylιdene, 2-oxo-1 ,3- or 2-oxo-1 ,4-cyclohexenylιdene or 3-oxo-1 ,3- or 3-oxo- 1 ,4-cyclohex-5-enylιdene.
Oxo-C3-C8-cycloyalkenylιdene is, for example, oxo-C3-C6-cycloyalkenylιdene, such as 2-oxo- 1 ,1 -cyclopent-3-enylιdene or 2- or 3-oxo-1 ,1 -cyclohex-5-enylιdeπe.
Lower alkylene is in particular d-C7-alkylene, in particular d-C5-alkylene, and is straight-chain or branched and is in particular methylene, ethylene, propylene and butylene and also 1 ,2-propylene, 2-methyl-1 ,3-propylene, 3-methyl-1 ,5-pentylene and 2,2-dιmethyl-1 ,3-propylene C3-C5-alkylene is preferred In case of alk, or alk2, respectively, lower alkylene preferably is -(CH2)P- the integer p being 1-3 Lower alkylene in an substituted ammo group preferably is 1 ,2-ethylene, 1 ,3- propylene, 1 ,4-butylene, 1 ,5-pentylene, 1 ,6-hexylene, 2-methyl- 1 ,3-propylene, or 2-methyl-butylene, or 3-methyl- 1 ,5-pentylene
Am o which is di-substituted by lower alkylene is in particular QrCralkyleneamino, preferably 1 -azιdιno, 1-pyrrolιdιno or 1 -piperidino
Ammo which is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0 is in particular morpholino, thiomorpholino or the mono- or di-oxide thereof, or 4-R0-pιperazιno
Lower alkanesulfonyl is in particular d-C4-alkoxy-Cι-C5-alkoxycarbonyl, preferably ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, methoxyethoxycarbonyl and isopropyloxyethoxycarbonyl
Lower alkoxycarbonyl is in particular C2-C8-alkoxycarbonyl and is, for example, methoxy-, ethoxy-, propyloxy- or pivaloyloxy-carbonyl C2-C5-alkoxycarbonyl is preferred
Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl is in particular d-d-alkoxy-d-Cs- alkoxycarbonyl and is, for example, methoxy- or ethoxy-ethoxy-alkoxycarbonyl
Hydroxy-lower alkyl is in particular hydroxy-Cι-C4-alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyi. Furthermore, hydroxy-lower alkyl may exhibit two hydroxy groups, such as 3-hydroxy-1 -hydroxymethyl-propyl
Hydroxy-lower alkoxy is in particular hydroxy-d-C4-alkoxy, such as hydroxymethyl, 2- hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl
Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy is in particular d-C4-alkoxy-C ^d-alkoxy and is, for example, (m)ethoxymethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxv, 2-n-propyloxyethoxy or ethoxymethoxy Ammo which is di-substituted by lower alkylene and is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring is in particular C2-C6-cycloalkylenemιno which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene πng. Preferred is ιndolm-1 -yl or 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quιnolιn-1 -yl
Halo-lower alkyl is in particular halo-d-C -alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, 1 ,1 ,2- trιfluoro-2-chloroethyl or chloromethyl.
Halo-lower alkoxy is in particular halo-d-C4-alkoxy, such as trifluoromethoxy, 1 ,1 ,2-trifluoro- 2-chloroethoxy or chloromethoxy.
Phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyndyloxy-lower alkyl is in particular phenyloxy-, naphthyloxy- or pyπdyloxy-Cι-C4-alkyl, such as phenoxy-methyl, 2-phenoxy-ethyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyloxy- methyl, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrιdyloxy-methyl
Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyrιdyl-Cι-C4-alkyl, such as phenyl-methyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, 1- or 2-naphthyl-methyl, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrιdyl-methyl
Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkoxy is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl- or pyrιdyl-Cι-C4-alkoxy, such as phenyl-methoxy, 2-phenyl-ethoxy, 1- or 2-naphthyl- methoxy, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrιdyl-methoxy.
Naphthyl is in particular 1- or 2-naphthyl; furyl 2- or 3-furyl; thienyl 2- or 3-thιenyt; pyridyl 2-, 3- or 4-pyπdyl, indolyl e.g 1 -, 2-, 3- or 5-ιndolyl, mdazolyl e.g. 6-1 (H)-ιndazolyl, benzofuryl e.g. 2-, 3- or 5-benzofuranyl, benzothienyl e.g. 2-, 3-, or 5-benzothιenyl, benzimidazolyl e.g 1 -, 2- or 5-benzιmιdazolyl, qumolinyl e.g 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-quιnohnyl, isoqumolmyl e.g. 1- , 3-, 4-, or 6-ιsoquιnolyl, or quinazolmyl e.g. 2-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-quιnazolιnyl
Amino-lower alkyl is in particular amιno-d-C7-alkyl, preferably amιno-Cι-C -alkyl, such as aminomethyl, 2-amιnoethyl or 3-amιnopropyl Lower alkylamino is in particular d-d-alkylamino and is, for example, methyl-, ethyl-, n-propyl- and isopropyl-amino d-C4-alkylamιno is preferred.
C3-C8-Cycloalkyl-amιno is in particular C3-C6-cycloalkyl-amιno and is, for example, cyclopropyl-, cyclopentyl- and cyclohexyl-amino.
C3-C8-Cycloalkyl-lower alkylamino is in particular C3-C8-cycloalkyl-C C7- alkylammo and is, for example, cyciopropylmethyl-amino or cyclohexylmethyl- amino C3-C8-Cycloalkyl-Cι-C4-alkylamιno is preferred
Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl-amino is in particular phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyrιdyl-Cι-C4-alkyl-amιno, preferably benzyl-ammo, 2-phenethyl- amino, 1 - or 2-naphthylmethyl-amιno, or 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrιdylmethyl-amιno
Di-lower alkylamino is in particular dι-C C4-alkylamιno, such as dimethyl-, diethyl-, di-n- propyl-, methylpropyl-, methylethyl-, methylbutyl-ammo and dibutylamino
Dι-C3-C8-cycloalkyl-amιno is in particular dι-C3-C6-cycloalkylamιno, preferably cyclopropylamino, cyclopentylammo or cyclohexylammo
Dι-(C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-amιno is in particular dι-(C3-C6-cycloalkyl-d-C4-alkyl)-amιno preferably cyclopropylmethyl-amino, cyclopentylmethyl-amino or cyclohexylmethyl-ammo
Dι-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amιno is in particular dι-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyrιdyl-d-C4- alkyl)-ammo, preferably di-benzyl-ammo, dι-(2- phenethyl)-amιno, dι-(1 - or 2-naphthylmethyl)-amιno, or dι-(2-, 3-, or 4-pyrιdylmethyl)-amιno
Lower alkyl-C3-C8-cycloalkyl-amιno is in particular d-C -alkyl-C3-C6-cycloalkyl-amιno, preferably methyl-cyclopropyl-amino, methyl-cyclopentyl-amino or methyl-cyclohexyl-ammo
Lower alkyl-(C3-CB-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl)-amιno is in particular C-C4-alkyl-(C3-C6-cycloalkyl- d-C4-alkyl)ammo, preferably methyl-cyclopropylmethyl-amino, methyl-cyclopentylmethyl- amino or methyl-cyclohexylmethyl-ammo Lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino is in particular d-C4-alkyl- (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)- amino, such as (m)ethyl-phenyl-amino.
Lower alkyl-(phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-lower alkyl)-amino is in particular d-C4-alkyl- (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl-Cι-C4-alkyl)-amino, such as (m)ethyl-benzyl-amino or (m)ethyl-(2-phenethyl)-amino.
Carboxy-lower alkyl is in particular carboxy-Cι-C -alkyl, such as carboxy-methyl, 2-carboxy- ethyl, or 3-carboxy-propyl.
Lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular drCs-alkoxycarbonyl-d-d-alkyl, such as (m)ethoxycarbonyl-methyl, 2-(m)ethoxycarbonyl-ethyl or 2-pivaloyl-ethyl.
Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular d-C -alkoxy-C2-C5- alkoxycarbonyl-Cι-C4-alkyI, such as 2-methoxy-ethoxycarbonyl-methyl or 2-(2-ethoxy- ethoxycarbonyl)-ethyl.
(Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkyl is in particular (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-C2-C5-alkoxycarbonyl-Ci-C -alkyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl- methyl or 2-(2-phenethyloxy-carbonyl)-ethyl.
Carbamoyl-lower alkyl is in particular carbamoyl-d-d-alkyl, such as carbamoyl-methyl, 2- carbamoyl-ethyl or 3-carbamoyl-propyl.
Amino-lower alkoxy is in particular amino-d-d-alkoxy, such as aminomethoxy, 2- aminoethoxy, or 3-amιno-propoxy.
Carboxy-lower alkoxy is in particular carboxy-Cι-C4-alkoxy, such as carboxy-methoxy, 2- carboxy-ethoxy, or 3-carboxy-propyloxy.
Lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular C -C5-alkoxycarbonyl-C1-C -alkoxy, such as (m)ethoxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2-methoxycarbonyl-ethyl, or 2-(2-ethoxycarboπyl)-ethyl. Lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular d-C4-alkoxy-C2-C5- alkoxycarbonyl-Cι-C4-alkoxy, such as (m)ethoxymethoxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2-ethoxy- methoxycarbonyl-ethyl, or 2-[(2-ethoxy-ethoxycarbonyl)]-ethyl.
(Phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyrιdyl)-lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy is in particular (phenyl-, naphthyl-, furyl-, thienyl-, or pyridyl)-C2-C5-alkoxycarbonyl-C1-C4-alkoxy, such as benzyloxycarbonyl-methoxy, phenethyloxycarbonyl-methoxy, 2- (benzyloxycarbonyl)-ethoxy, or 2-(2-phenethyloxycarbonyl)-ethoxy
Carbamoyl-lower alkoxy is in particular carbamoyl-Cι-C4-alkoxy, such as carbamoyl- methoxy, 2-carbamoyl-ethoxy, or 3-carbamoyl-propyloxy.
Obesity, for example, is a wide-spread phenomena which e.g. causes a variety of pathological symptoms or influences the overall state of health Also associated therewith are considerable socio-economic investments and a heavy financial burden for managed health care organisations. The problem to be solved is to present an approach to systemically treat obesity or related diseases or disorders. Surprisingly, it has been manifested that the modulation of the NPY receptor subtype Y5 leads to a control of the eating behavior
Extensive pharmacological investigations have shown that the compounds (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, for example, are useful as antagonists of the neuropeptide Y5 receptor subtype
Neuropeptide Y (NPY) is a member of the pancreatic polypeptide family with wide-spread distribution throughout the mammalian nervous system. NPY and its relatives (peptide YY or PYY, and pancreatic polypeptide or PP) elicit a broad range of physiological effects through activation of at least five G protein-coupled receptor subtypes known as Y1 , Y2, Y3, Y4 (or PP), and the "atypical Y1 " The role of NPY as the most powerful stimulant of feeding behavior yet described is thought to occur primarily through activation of the hypothalamic "atypical Y1 " receptor. This receptor is unique in that its classification is based solely on feeding behavior data, rather than radioligand binding data, unlike the Y1 , Y2, Y3, and Y4 (or PP) receptors, each of which are described previously in both radioligand binding and functional assays 125I-PYY- based expression cloning technique may be used to isolate a rat hypothalamic cDNA encoding an "atypical Y1 " receptor referred to herein as the Y5 subtype Y5 homolog may be isolated and characterized of from human hippocampus. Protein sequence analysis reveals that the Y5 receptor belongs to the G protein- coupled receptor superfamily. Both the human and rat homolog display < 42% identity in transmembrane domains with the previously cloned "Y-type" receptors Rat brain localization studies using in situ hybridization techniques verify the existence of Y5 receptor mRNA in rat hypothalamus. Pharmacological evaluation reveals the following similarities between the Y5 and the "atypical Y1 " receptor. 1) Peptides bind to the Y5 receptor with a rank order of potency identical to that described for the feeding response: NPY 3 NPY236 = PYY = [Leu31, Pro^NPY » NPY13^ 2) The Y5 receptor is negatively coupled to cAMP accumulation, as has been proposed for the "atypical Y1 " receptor. 3) Peptides activate the Y5 receptor with a rank order of potency identical to that described for the feeding response. 4) The reported feeding "modulator" [D-Trp^NPY binds selectively to the Y5 receptor and subsequently activated the receptor. 5) Both the Y5 and the "atypical Y1 " receptors are sensitive to deletions or modifications in the midregion of NPY and related peptide ligands.
The peptide neurotransmitter neuropeptide Y (NPY) is a 36 ammo acid member of the pancreatic polypeptide family with widespread distribution throughout the mammalian nervous system. NPY is considered to be the most powerful stimulant of feeding behavior yet described (Clark, J.T., Kalra, P.S., Crowiey, W.R., and Kalra, S.P (1984) Neuropeptide Y and human pancreatic polypeptide stimulate feeding behavior in rats. Endocrinology 1 15: 427-429, 1984, Levine, A.S., and Morley, J E (1984) Neuropeptide Y- A potent inducer of consummatory behavior in rats. Peptides 5: 1025-1029; Stanley, B.G , and Leibowitz, S F.; (1984) Neuropeptide Y: Stimulation of feeding and drinking by injection into the paraventπcular nucleus. Life Sci. 35: 2635-2642). Direct injection into the hypothalamus of satiated rats, for example, can increase food intake up to 10-fold over a 4-hour period (Stanley, B G., Magdalin, W., Seirafi, A , Nguyen, M.M , and Leibowitz, S F (1992) Evidence for neuropeptide Y mediation of eating produced by food deprivation and for a variant of the Y, receptor mediating this peptide's effect. Peptides 13: 581-587) The role of NPY in normal and abnormal eating behavior, and the ability to interfere with NPY-dependent pathways as a means to appetite and weight control, are areas of great interest in pharmacological and pharmaceutical research (Sahu and Kalra, 1993, Dryden, S , Frankish, H , Wang, Q , and Williams, G (1994) Neuropeptide Y and energy balance one way ahead for the treatment of obesity9 Eur J Clin Invest 24: 293-308). Any credible means of studying or controlling NPY-dependent feeding behavior, however, must necessarily be highly specific as NPY can act through at least 5 pharmacologically defined receptor subtypes to elicit a wide variety of physiological functions (Dumont, Y., J.-C. Martel, A. Fournier, S. St-Pierre, and R. Quirion. (1992). Neuropeptide Y and neuropeptide Y receptor subtypes in brain and peripheral tissues. Progress in Neurobioloqy 38: 125-167). It is therefore vital that knowledge of the molecular biology and structural diversity of the individual receptor subtypes be understood as part of a rational drug design approach to develop subtype selective compounds. A brief review of NPY receptor pharmacology is summarized below and also in Table 1.
TABLE 1 : Pharmacologically defined receptors for NPY and related pancreatic polypeptides.
Rank orders of affinity for key peptides (NPY, PYY, PP, [Leu31, Pro34] NPY, NPY2^, and NPY,^) are based on previously reported binding and functional data (Schwartz, T.W., J. Fuhlendorff, L.L.Kjems, M.S. Kristensen, M. Vervelde, M. O'Hare, J.L. Krstenansky, and B. Bjornholm. (1990). Signal epitopes in the three-dimensional structure of neuropeptide Y. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.611 : 35-47; Wahlestedt, C, Karoum, F., Jaskiw, G., Wyatt, R.J., Larhammar, D., Ekman, R., and Reis, D.J. (1991). Cocaine-induced reduction of brain neuropeptide Y synthesis dependent on medial prefrontal cortex. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.88: 2978-2082; Dumont, Y., J.-C. Martel, A. Fournier, S. St-Pierre, and R. Quirion. (1992). Neuropeptide Y and neuropeptide Y receptor subtypes in brain and peripheral tissues. Progress in Neurobioloqy 38: 125-167; Wahlestedt, C, and D.J. Reis. (1993). Neuropeptide Y-Related Peptides and Their Receptors-Are the Receptors Potential Therapeutic Targets? Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Tox.32: 309-352). Missing peptides in the series reflect a lack of published information.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000020_0001
NPY Receptor Pharmacology
NPY receptor pharmacology has historically been based on structure/activity relationships within the pancreatic polypeptide family. The entire family includes the namesake pancreatic polypeptide (PP), synthesized primarily by endocrine cells in the pancreas; peptide YY (PYY), synthesized primarily by endocrine cells in the gut; and NPY, synthesized primarily in neurons (Michel, M.C. (1991). Receptors for neuropeptide Y: multiple subtypes and multiple second messengers Trends Pharmacol.: 12: 389-394; Dumont et al. , 1992, Wahlestedt and Reis, 1993) All pancreatic polypeptide family members share a compact structure involving a "PP-fold" and a conserved C-termmal hexapeptide ending in Tyr36 (or Y36 in the single letter code) The striking conservation of Y36 has prompted the reference to the pancreatic polypeptides' receptors as "Y-type" receptors (Wahlestedt, C, L. Edvmsson, E. Ekblad, and R. Hakanson. Effects of neuropeptide Y at sympathetic neuroeffector junctions: Existence of Yi and Y2 receptors In- Neuronal messengers in vascular function, Fernstrom Symp. No 10., pp. 231-242. Eds A Nobin and CH. Owman. Elsevier: Amsterdam (1987)), all of which are proposed to function as seven transmembrane-spanning G protein-coupled receptors (Dumont et al., 1992)
The Y1 receptor recognizes NPY = PYY » PP (Grundemar et al., 1992). The receptor requires both the N- and the C-terminal regions of the peptides for optimal recognition. Exchange of Gin34 in NPY or PYY with the analogous residue from PP (Pro34), however, is well-tolerated. The Y1 receptor has been cloned from a variety of species including human, rat and mouse (Larhamrnar, D., A.G. Blomqvist, F. Yee, E. Jazin, H Yoo, and C Wahlestedt. (1992). Cloning and functional expression of a human neuropeptide Y/peptide YY receptor of the Y1 type. J. Biol. Chem. 267: 10935-10938; Herzog, H., Y.J Hort, HJ. Ball, G. Hayes, J Shine, and L. Selbie (1992). Cloned human neuropeptide Y receptor couples to two different second messenger systems Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 5794-5798, Eva, C, Oberto, A , Sprengel, R. and E Geπazzani (1992) The murine NPY-1 receptor gene: structure and delineation of tissue specific expression. FEBS lett. 314: 285-288, Eva, C , Keinanen, K , Monyer, H., Seeburg, P , and Sprengel, R. (1990) Molecular cloning of a novel G protein- coupled receptor that may belong to the neuropeptide receptor family FEBS Lett 271 , 80-84). The Y2 receptor recognizes PYY ~ NPY » PP and is relatively tolerant of N-terminal deletion (Grundemar, L and Rl Hakanson (1994) Neuropeptide Y effector systems perspectives for drug development. Trends. Pharmacol 15- 153-159). The receptor has a strict requirement for structure in the C-terminus (Arg33-Gln3 -Arg35-Tyr36-NH2); exchange of Gin34 with Pro34, as in PP, is not well tolerated. The Y2 receptor has recently been cloned. The Y3 receptor is characterized by a strong preference for NPY over PYY and PP (Wahlestedt, C, Karoum, F., Jaskiw, G., Wyatt, R.J., Larhammar, D., Ekman, R., and Reis, D.J. (1991). Cocaine-induced reduction of brain neuropeptide Y synthesis dependent on medial prefrontal cortex. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 88: 2978-2082). [Pro^NPY is reasonably well tolerated even though PP, which also contains Pro34, does not bind well to the Y3 receptor. This receptor (Y3) has not yet been cloned The Y4 receptor binds PP > PYY > NPY. Like the Y1 , the Y4 requires both the N- and the C-terminal regions of the peptides for optimal recognition. The "atypical Y1 " or "feeding" receptor is defined exclusively by injection of several pancreatic polypeptide analogs into the paraventπcular nucleus of the rat hypothalamus which stimulates feeding behavior with the following rank order. NPY2 36 > NPY ~ PYY ~ [Leu^.Pro^NPY > NPY1336 (Kalra, S.P., Dube, M.G , Fournier, A , and Kalra, P.S. (1991). Structure-function analysis of stimulation of food intake by neuropeptide Y: Effects of receptor agonists. Physiology & Behavior 50: 5-9; Stanley, B G., Magdalin, W., Seirafi, A., Nguyen, M.M., and Leibowitz, S F (1992). Evidence for neuropeptide Y mediation of eating produced by food deprivation and for a variant of the Yi receptor mediating this peptide's effect. Peptides 13: 581 - 587) The profile is similar to that of a Y1 -like receptor except for the anomalous ability of NPY2 36 to stimulate food intake with potency equivalent or better than that of NPY. A subsequent report by Balasubramaniam, A , Sheriff, S., Johnson, M.E , Prabhakaran, M., Huang, Y., Fischer, J.E., and Chance, W.T. (1994). [D-Trp32]Neuropeptide Y- A competitive antagonist of NPY in rat hypothalamus. J. Med. Chem. 37' 311 -815 showed that feeding can be regulated by [D-Trp32]NPY While this peptide is presented as an NPY antagonist, the published data at least in part support a stimulatory effect of [D-Trp32]NPY on feeding. [D- Trp32]NPY thereby represents another diagnostic tool for receptor identification.
This plasmid (pcEXV-hY5) was deposited on November 4, 1994 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 12301 Parkiawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852, U.S.A. under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorgansims for the Purposes of Patent Procedure and was accorded ATCC Accession No 75943 The plasmid which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of DNA in a mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the rat Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof has been designated as pcEXV-rY5 (ATCC Accession No. 75944).
This plasmid (pcEXV-rY5) was deposited on November 4, 1994 with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 12301 Parkiawn Drive, Rockville, Maryland 20852, U.S.A. under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorgansims for the Purposes of Patent Procedure and was accorded ATCC Accession No. CRL 75944.
A method for determining whether a ligand can specifically bind to a Y5 receptor comprises contacting a cell transfected with and expressing DNA encoding the Y5 receptor with the ligand under conditions permitting binding of ligands to such receptor, detecting the presence of any such ligand specifically bound to the Y5 receptor, and thereby determining whether the ligand specifically binds to the Y5 receptor.
A method for determining whether a ligand is a Y5 receptor antagonist comprises contacting a cell transfected with and expressing DNA encoding a Y5 receptor with the ligand in the presence of a known Y5 receptor agonist, such as PYY or NPY, under conditions permitting the activation of a functional Y5 receptor response, detecting a decrease in Y5 receptor activity, and thereby determining whether the ligand is a Y5 receptor antagonist.
In an embodiment of the above-described methods, the cell is non-neuronal in origin. In a further embodiment, the non-neuronal cell is a COS-7 cell, 293 human embryonic kidney cell, NIH-3T3 cell or L-M(TK-) cell.
The cell lines are transfected with a vector which is adapted for expression in a mammalian cell which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of the DNA in the mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the mammalian Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof.
For example, such plasmid which comprises the regulatory elements necessary for expression of DNA in a mammalian cell operatively linked to the DNA encoding the human Y5 receptor as to permit expression thereof designated pcEXV-hY5 (ATCC Accession No. 75943).
Experimental Details
MATERIALS AND METHODS
cDNA Cloning
Total RNA was prepared by a modification of the guanidine thiocyanate method (Kingston, 1987), from 5 grams of rat hypothalamus (Rockland, Gilbertsville, PA). Poly A+RNA was purified with a FastTrack kit (Invitrogen Corp., San Diego, CA). Double stranded (ds) cDNA was synthesized from 7 mg of poly A+ RNA according to Gubler and Hoffman (Gubler, U abd BJ. Hoffman. (1983). A simple and very efficient method for generating cDNA libraries. Gene. 25, 263-269), except that ligase was omitted in the second strand cDNA synthesis. The resulting DS cDNA was ligated to BstxI/EcoRI adaptors (Invitrogen Corp.), the excess of adaptors was removed by chromatography on Sephacryl 500 HR (Pharmacιa®-LKB) and the ds-cDNA size selected on a Gen-Pak Fax HPLC column (Millipore Corp., Milford, MA). High molecular weight fractions were ligated in pEXJ.BS (A cDNA cloning expression vector derived from pcEXV-3; Okayama, H. and P. Berg (1983). A cDNA cloning vector that permits expression of cDNA inserts in mammalian cells. Mol. Cell. Biol. 3: 280-289; Miller, J. and Germain, R.N. (1986). Efficient cell surface expression of class II MHC molecules in the absence of associated invariant chain. J. Exp. Med. 164: 1478-1489) cut by Bstxl as described by Aruffo and Seed (Aruffo, A. and Seed, B. (1987). Molecular cloning of a CD28 cDNA by a high efficiency COS cell expression system. PNAS, 84, 8573-8577). The ligated DNA was electroporated in E.Coh MC 1061 F+ (Gene Pulser, Biorad). A total of 3.4 x 106 independent clones with an insert mean size of 2.7 kb could be generated. The library was plated on Petri dishes (Ampicillin selection) in pools of 6.9 to 8.2 x 103 independent clones. After 18 hours amplification, the bacteria from each pool were scraped, resuspended in 4 ml of LB media and 1 .5 ml processed for plasmid purification with a QIAprep-8 plasmid kit (Qiagen Inc, Chatsworth, CA) 1 ml aliquots of each bacterial pool were stored at -85°C in 20% glycerol. Isolation of a cDNA clone encoding an atypical rat hypothalamic NPY5 receptor
DNA from pools of » 7500 independent clones was transfected into COS-7 cells by a modification of the DEAE-dextran procedure (Warden, D and H.V. Thome. (1968) Infectivity of polyoma virus DNA for mouse embryo cells in presence of diethylaminoethyl-dextran J. Gen Virol 3, 371 ) COS-7 cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml of penicillin, 100 mg/ml of streptomycin, 2 mM L-glutamine (DMEM-C) at 37°C in 5% CO2 The cells were seeded one day before transfection at a density of 30,000 cells/cm2 on Lab-Tek chamber slides (1 chamber, Permanox slide from Nunc Inc , Naperville, IL) On the next day, cells were washed twice with PBS, 735 ml of transfection cocktail was added containing 1/10 of the DNA from each pool and DEAE-dextran (500 mg/ml) in Opti-MEM I serum free media (Gιbco®BRL LifeTechnologies Inc Grand Island, NY) After a 30 mm incubation at 37°C, 3 ml of chloroquine (80 mM in DMEM-C) was added and the cells incubated a further 2.5 hours at 37°C The media was aspirated from each chamber and 2 ml of 10% DMSO in DMEM-C added After 2 5 mm. incubation at room temperature, the media was aspirated, each chamber washed once with 2 ml PBS, the cells incubated 48 hours in DMEM-C and the binding assay was performed on the slides After one wash with PBS, positive pools were identified by incubating the cells with 1 nM (3x106 cpm per slide) of porcine [125I]-PYY (NEN; SA=2200 Ci/mmole) in 20 mM Hepes-NaOH pH 7 4, CaCI2 1 .26 mM, MgS04 0.81 mM, KH2P04 0 44 mM, KCL 5 4, NaCl 10 mM, 1 % BSA, 0 1 % bacitracin for 1 hour at room temperature After six washes (three seconds each) in binding buffer without ligand, the monolayers were fixed in 2.5% glutaraldehyde in PBS for five minutes, washed twice for two minutes in PBS, dehydrated in ethanol baths for two minutes each (70, 80, 95, 100%) and air dried The slides were then dipped in 100% photoemulsion (Kodak® type NTB2) at 42°C and exposed in the dark for 48 hours at 4°c in light proof boxes containing drieπte. Slides were developed for three minutes in Kodak® D19 developer (32 g/l of water), rinsed in water, fixed in Kodak® fixer for 5 minutes, rinsed in water, air dried and mounted with Aqua-Mount (Lerner Laboratories, Pittsburgh, PA) Slides were screened at 25x total magnification A single clone, CG-18, was isolated by SIB selection as described (Mc Cormick, 1987) DS-DNA was sequenced with a Sequenase kit (US Biochemical, Cleveland, OH) according to the manufacturer Nucleotide and peptide sequence analysis were performed with GCG programs (Genetics Computer group Madison, Wl) Isolation of the human Y5 homolog
Using rat o gonucleotide primers in TM 3 (sense primer; position 484-509 in SEQ ID NO:1) and in TM 6 (antisense primer; position 1219-1243 in SEQ ID NO 1 ), a human hippocampal cDNA library has been screened using the polymerase chain reaction 1 μl (4 x 106 bacteria) of each of 450 amplified pools containing each »5000 independent clones and representing a total of 2.2 x 106 was subjected directly to 40 cycles of PCR and the resulting products analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis One of three positive pools was analyzed further and by sib selection a single cDNA clone was isolated and characterized. This cDNA turned out to be full length and in the correct orientation for expression. DS- DNA was sequenced with a sequenase kit (US Biochemical, Cleveland, OH) according to the manufacturer
Cell Culture
COS-7 cells were grown on 1 50 mm plates in D-MEM with supplements (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml penιcιllιn/100 mg/ml streptomycin) at 37°C, 5% C02. Stock plates of COS-7 cells were trypsinized and split 1 :6 every 3-4 days Human embryonic kidney 293 cells were grown on 150 mm plates in D-MEM with supplements (minimal essential medium) with Hanks' salts and supplements (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml penιcιllιn/100 mg/ml streptomycin) at 37 °C, 5% C02. Stock plates of 293 cells were trypsinized and split 1 :6 every 3-4 days. Mouse fibroblast LMT(k)- cells were grown on 150 mm plates in D-MEM with supplements (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium with 10% bovine calf serum, 4 mM giutamine, 100 units/ml penιcιllιn/100 mg/ml streptomycin) at 37 °C, 5% C02. Stock plates of COS-7 cells were trypsinized and split 1 :10 every 3-4 days
Stable Transfection
Human Y5 and rat Y5 receptors were co-transfected with a G-418 resistant gene into mouse fibroblast LMT(k)- cells by a calcium phosphate transfection method (Cullen, B (1987). Use of eurkaryotic expression technology in the functional analysis of cloned genes. Methods Enzvmol. 152- 685-704) Stably transfected cells were selected with G-418
EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
cDNA Cloning
In order to clone a rat hypothalamic "atypical" NPY receptor subtype, applicants used an expression cloning strategy in COS-7 cells (Gearing et al, 1989, Kluxen, F.W., Bruns, C and Lubbert H (1992). Expression cloning of a rat brain somatostatin receptor cDNA Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA 89, 4618-4622, Kieffer, B , Befort, K , Gaveπaux-Ruff, C and Hirth, C.G (1992) The δ-opιoιd receptor- Isolation of a cDNA by expression cloning and pharmacological characterization Proc. natl Acad Sci. USA 89, 12048-12052) This strategy was chosen for its extreme sensitivity since it allows detection of a single "receptor positive" cell by direct microscopic autoradiography Since the "atypical" receptor has only been described in feeding behavior studies involving injection of NPY and NPY related ligands in rat hypothalamus (see introduction), applicants first examined its binding profile by running competitive displacement studies of 125I-PYY and 125I-PYY3 36 on membranes prepared from rat hypothalamus. The competitive displacement data indicate- 1 ) Human PP is able to displace 20% of the bound 12ol-PYY with an IC50 of 1 1 nM (Fig 1 and Table 2) As can be seen in table 5, this value does not fit with the isolated rat Y1 , Y2 and Y4 clones and could therefore correspond to another NPY/PYY receptor subtype. 2) [Leu31, Pro^] NPY (a Y1 specific gand) is able to displace with high affinity (IC50 of 0.38) 27% of the bound 125l- PYY336 ligand (a Y2 specific ligand) (Fig 2 and table 2). These data provide the first evidence based on a binding assay that rat hypothalamic membranes could carry an NPY receptor subtype with a mixed Y1/Y2 pharmacology (referred to as the "atypical" subtype) which fits with the pharmacology defmeα in feeding behavior studies
TABLE 2 Pharmacological profile of the rat hypothalamus
Binding data reflect competitive displacement of 125I-PYY and 125I-PYY3 36 from rat hypothalamic membranes Peptides were tested at concentrations ranging from 0 001 nM to 1 00 nM unless noted The IC50 value corresponding to 50% displacement, and the percentage of displacement relative to that produced by 300 nM human NPY, were determined by nonlinear regression analysis. Data shown are representative of at least two independent experiments
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000028_0001
Based on the above data, a rat hypothalamic cDNA iibrary of 3 x 1 06 independent recombinants with a 2.7 kb average insert size was fractionated into 450 pools of »7500 independent clones All pools were tested in a binding assay with 125I-PYY as described (Y2 patent). Seven pools gave rise to positive cells in the screening assay (# 81 , 92, 147, 246, 254, 290, 312). Since Y1 , Y2, Y4 and Y5 receptor subtypes (by PCR or binding analysis) are expressed in rat hypothalamus, applicants analyzed the DNA of positive pools by PCR with rat Y1 , Y2 and Y4 specific primers Pools # 147, 246, 254 and 312 turned out to contain cDNAs encoding a Y1 receptor, pool # 290 turned out to encode a Y2 subtype, but pools # 81 and 92 were negative by PCR analysis for Y1 , Y2 and Y4 and therefore likely contained a cDNA encoding a new rat hypothalamic NPY receptor (Y5). Pools # 81 and 92 later turned out to contain an identical NPY receptor cDNA. Pool 92 was subjected to sib selection as described until a single clone was isolated (designated CG-18) The isolated clone carries a 2 8 kb cDNA This cDNA contains an open reading frame between nucleotides 779 and 2146 that encodes a 456 ammo acid protein The long 5' untranslated region could be involved in the regulation of translation efficiency or mRNA stability The flanking sequence around the putative initiation codon does not conform to the Kozak consensus sequence for optimal translation initiation (Kozak, M (1989) The scanning model for translation an update J. Cell Biol 108, 229-241 , Kozak, M (1991 ). Structural features in eukaryotic mRNAs that modulate the initiation of translation J. Biol. Chem. 266, 19867-19870) The hydrophobicity plot displayed seven hydrophobic, putative membrane spanning regions which makes the rat hypothalamic Y5 receptor a member of the G-protein coupled superfamily The nucleotide and deduced ammo acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOS 1 and 2, respectively
Localization studies show that the Y5 mRNA is present in several areas of the rat hippocampus Assuming a comparable localization in human brain, applicants screened a human hippocampal cDNA library with rat oligonucleotide primers which were shown to yield a DNA band of the expected size in a PCR reaction run on human hippocampal cDNA Using this PCR screening strategy (Gerald et al, 1994, submitted for publication), three positive pools were identified One of these pools was analyzed further, and an isolated clone was purified by sib selection The isolated clone (CG-19) turned out to contam a full length cDNA cloned in the correct orientation for functional expression (see below) The human Y5 nucleotide and deduced ammo acid sequences are shown in SEQ ID NOS 3 and 4, respectively When compared to the rat Y5 receptor the human sequence shows 84.1 % nucleotide identity and 87 2% ammo acid identity The rat protein sequence is one ammo acid longer at the very end of both ammo and carboxy tails of the receptor when compared to the rat. Both pharmacological profiles and functional characteristics of the rat and human Y5 receptor subtype homologs may be expected to match closely
When the human and rat Y5 receptor sequences were compared to other NPY receptor subtypes or to other human G protein-coupled receptor subtypes, both overall and transmembrane domain identities are very low, showing that the Y5 receptor genes are not closely related to any other previously characterized cDNAs
The compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have proven to exhibit pronounced and selective affinity to the Y5 receptor subtype (shown in Y5 binding test) and in vitro and in vivo antagonistic properties. These properties are shown in vitro by their ability to inhibit NPY-induced calcium increase in stable transfected cells expressing the Y5 receptor and in vivo by their ability to inhibit food intake induced by intracerebroventricular application of NPY or 24 h food deprivation in conscious rats.
Binding experiments
The selective affinity of the compounds according to the present invention to the Y5 receptor is detected in a Y5 binding assay using LM(tk-)-h-NPY5-7 cells which stably express the human NPY Y5 receptor or HEK-293 cells stably expressing the rat NPY Y5 receptor.
The following buffers are used for the preparation of membranes and for binding assay: a) buffer 1 (homogenisation buffer, pH 7.7 at 4°C) contains Tris-HCl [FLUKA, Buchs, Switzerland] (20 mM) and ethylenediamine tetraacetate (EDTA) [FLUKA, Buchs, Switzerland] (5 mM); b) buffer 2 (suspension buffer, pH: 7.4 at room temperature) contains N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N'-2-ethanesulfonic acid (HEPES) [Boehringer Mannheim, Germany] (20 mM), NaCl (10 mM), CaCI2 (1.26 mM), MgS04 (0.81 mM) and KH2P04 (0.22 mM); buffer 3 (binding buffer, pH 7.4 at room temperature) contains HEPES (20 mM), NaCl (10 mM), CaCI2 (1 .26 mM), MgS04 (0.81 mM), KH2P04 (0.22 mM) and 1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin [FLUKA].
Cells are washed in phosphate buffered saline and harvested using a rubber policeman. The cells are homogenised using a Polytron homogeniser (3 bursts of 8 seconds) in ice- cold hypotonic buffer (buffer 1 , pH 7.7 at 4°C ). The homogenate is centrifuged at 32,000 x g for 20 min at 4°C. The pellets are resuspended in the same buffer and recentrifuged. The final pellets are suspended in buffer 2. Protein concentration is measured by the method of Bradford using the Pierce reagent [PIERCE, Rockford, USA], with bovine serum albumin as standard. The crude membrane preparation is aliquoted, flash-frozen in Iiquid nitrogen and stored at -80°C. Before use, 0.1 % (1 mg/ml) bovine serum albumin is added. 125l-[Pro34]hPYY (60 pM, Anawa, Wangen, Switzerland) dissolved in buffer 3 is used as radioligand. All test compounds are dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at 10~2 M and diluted to 10~ 3 M in buffer 3. Subsequent dilutions are in buffer 3 plus 10% DMSO. Incubations are performed in Millipore Multiscreen FC filter plates [Millipore, Bedford, USA]. The filters in each well are pretreated with 2% polyethyleneimine for 30 min and rinsed once with 300 microL buffer 3 before use. The following are pipetted into each well: 20 microL buffer 3, 25 microL 1 25l-[Pro34]hPYY [SAXON, Hannover, Germany] (600 pM); 25 microL test compound (or binding buffer for the controls); 180 microL crude membrane suspension (approximately 5 microg protein). Incubations are performed at room temperature for 2h. Non-specific binding is defined as the binding remaining in the presence of 1 microM [Pro 4]hPYY. The incubations are terminated by rapid filtration and washing four times with 300mιcroL phosphate buffered saline. The filters are removed from the wells, placed into plastic tubes and assayed for radioactivity in a gamma counter [Gammamaster, WALLAC, Finland].
The IC50 values of the compounds according to this invention at the human Y5 receptor range especially between about 0.1 nM and about 10 microM. Representatives are, for example, the final products of working examples 53, 54, 55, and 88, for which following IC50 values [μM/L] were determined: 0.0023 (Ex. 53); 0.018 (Ex. 54); 0.0017 (Ex. 55); 0.0077 (Ex. 88).
Measurements of calcium transient
For the determination of in vitro antagonistic properties of the compounds according to the present invention, stably transfected LM(tk-)-hY5-7 cells are used in which a NPY-induced calcium transient is measured as described below. Cells are harvested in a medium containing EDTA (0.5 mM) and phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Cells are then washed in phosphate buffered saline solution and loaded for 90 m at room temperature and pH 7.4 with 10 microM FLUO-AM (fluoro-3-acetoxy methylester, supplemented with pluronic acid as suggested by the manufacturer, Molecular Probes Inc., Eugene, Oregon, USA) in a cell culture buffer of the following composition (NaCl 120 mM, MgCI2 1 mM , KCl 5.4 mM , NaH4P04 0.33 mM, glucose 1 1 mM, taunne 5 mM, pyruvate 2 mM, giutamine 1.5 mM HEPES 10 mM, insulin 10 U/l, BSA 0.1 % at for 90 min at room temperature. After centrifugation the cells are resuspended in the cell culture buffer at a concentration of 3-4 million cells/ml and supplemented with 200 microM sulfinpyrazone
Calcium transients are measured at room temperature in a millititer plate using a Cytofluor 2350 (Millipore) with wavelength settings at 485 nm for excitation and 530 nm for emission. 180 microL of cells suspension are preincubated in the presence of various amounts of compounds dissolved in 2 microL DMSO m triplicates ( or 2 microL DMSO for the controls) for 5 mm and then NPY is added at a final concentration of 100 nM The compound concentrations giving 50% inhibition of the maximum of the Ca transients are then calculated
In this cell system, NPY induces Ca transients with an EC50 of 50 nM The data are analyzed using a Microsoft Excel software The concentrations which cause a 50% inhibition of the initial control values are given as IC50 values. The IC50 values are determined for the compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts
The property of the compounds according to the present invention and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts to inhibit NPY-induced increase intracellular calcium indicates their antagonistic properties with IC50 values ranging especially between about 0.1 nM and about 10 microM
Measurements of NPY-induced food intake in conscious rats
In addition this antagonistic property of the Y5 receptor subtype is also observed in-vivo in conscious rats by their ability to inhibit NPY-induced food intake For these determinations food intake is measured in normal satiated rats after iπtracerebroventπcular application (i.c.v.) of neuropeptide Y [BACHEM, Feinchemika en, Bubendorf, Switzerland] in the presence or absence of the compounds according to the present invention. Male Sprague- Dawley rats weighing 180-220 g are used for all experiments They are individually housed in stainless steel cages and maintained on a 1 1 :13 h light-dark schedule (lights off at 1800 h) under controlled temperature (21 -23 °C) at all times Water and food (NAFAG lab chow pellets) [NAFAG, Gossau, Switzerland] are available ad libitum
Under pentobarbital [ VETERINARIA AB, Zurich, Switzerland] anesthesia, all rats are implanted with a stainless steel guide cannula targeted at the right lateral ventricle. Stereotaxic coordinates, with the incisor bar set -2.0 mm below interaural line, are : -0.8 mm anterior and +1.3 mm lateral to bregma The guide cannula is placed on the dura. Injection cannulas extended the guide cannulas -3 8 mm ventrally to the skull surface Animals are allowed at least 4 days of recovery postoperatively before being used in the experiments. Cannula placement is checked postoperatively by testing all rats for their drinking response to a 50 ng intracerebroventπcular (icv) injection of angiotensm II Only rats which drink at least 2 5 ml of water within 30 m after angiotensm II injection are used in the feeding studies Injections are made in the morning 2 hours after light onset Peptides are injected in artificial cerebrospinal fluid (ACSF) [FLUKA, Buchs, Switzerland] in a volume of 5 μl The ACSF contains NaCl 124 mM, KC! 3 75 mM, CaCI2 2 5 mM, MgSO, 2 0 mM, KH4P04 0 22 mM, NaHC03 26 mM and glucose 10 mM. NPY (300 pmole) is administered by the intracerebroventncular route 10-60 minutes after administration of compounds or vehicle DMSO/water (10%, v/v) or cremophor/water (20%, v/v) [SIGMA, Buchs, Switzerland].
Food intake is measured by placing preweighed pellets into the cages at the time of NPY injection Pellets are removed from the cage subsequently at each time point indicated in the figures and replaced with a new set of preweighed pellets.
All results are presented as means ±SEM. Statistical analysis is performed by analysis of variance using Student-Newman-Keuls test.
The compounds according to the present invention inhibit NPY-induced food intake in rats in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
Measurements of food intake in 24 hours food deprived rats
Based on the observation that food deprivation induces an increase in the hypothalamic NPY levels, it is assumed that NPY mediates food intake induced by food deprivation. Thus, the compounds according to the present invention are also tested in rats after 24 hours food deprivation. These experiments are conducted with male Sprague-Dawley (CIBA-GEIGY AG, Sisseln, Switzerland] rats weighing between 220 and 250 g. The animals are housed in individual cages for the duration of the study and allowed free access to normal food together with tap water. The animals are maintained in room with a 12 h light/dark cycle (8 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. light) at 24°C and monitored humidity. After placement into the individual cages the rats undergo a 2-4 days equilibration period, during which they are habituated to their new environment and to eating a powdered or pellet diet [NAFAG, Gossau, Switzerland]. At the end of the equilibration period, food is removed from the animals for 24 hours starting at 8.00 a.m. At the end of the fasting period the animals are injected intraperitoneally, intravenously or orally either with the compounds according to the present invention or an equivalent volume of vehicle DMSO/water (10%, v/v) or cremophor/water (20%, v/v) and 10-60 mm later the food is returned to them. Food intake at various time periods is monitored over the following 24 hour period. Inhibition of food intake by the compounds according to the present invention is given in percentage of the respective control vehicle-treated rats.
The compounds according to the present invention inhibit food intake in this food deprived rat model in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration. Representatives are, for example, the final products of working examples 53, 55 and 88, for which an inhibition of food intake of 96% or 87% or 92%, respectively, versus the respective control vehicle-treated animals after i.p. application of 30 mg/kg was determined.
Measurements of food intake in obese Zucker rats
The antiobesity efficacy of the compounds according to the present invention can also be shown in Zucker obese rats, an art-known animal model of obesity. These studies are conducted with male Zucker fatty rats (fa/fa) [HARLAN CPB, Austerlitz, NL] weighing between 480 and 500 g. Animals are individually housed in metabolism cages for the duration of the study and allowed free access to powdered food together with tap water. The animals are maintained in a room with a 12 hour light/dark cycle (8 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. light) at 24°C and monitored humidity. After placement into the metabolism cages the rats undergo a 6 day equilibration period, during which they are habituated to their new environment and to eating a powdered diet. At the end of the equilibration period, food intake during the light and dark phases is determined. After a 3 day control period, the animals are treated with the compounds according to the present invention or vehicle DMSO/water (10%, v/v) or cremophor/water (20%, v/v).
The compounds according to the present invention inhibit food intake in Zucker obese rats in a range especially of about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg after oral, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
The above experiments clearly demonstrate that the Y5 receptor subtype is the primary mediator of NPY-induced feeding and that corresponding antagonists can be used for the treatment of obesity and related disorders [Nature, Vol. 382, 168-171 (1996)].
The compounds according to the present invention can inhibit food intake induced either by intracerebroventricular application of NPY or by food deprivation or as well as spontaneous eating in the Zucker obese rat. Thus, the compounds according to the present invention can especially be used for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders or diseases associated with the Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea
The compounds according to the present invention act as antagonists of neuropeptide Y (NPY) binding at the Y5 receptor subtype. By virtue of their Y5 receptor antagonistic property, the compounds of the formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can therefore be used, for example, as pharmaceutical active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions which are employed, for example, for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases and disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspihpidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea
The invention relates to a method of treatment of diseases and disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspihpidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea, comprising administering to a warm-blooded animal, including man, in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
The invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinbefore and hereinafter for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, especially in the treatment of disorders or disease states in which the NPY-Y5 receptor subtype is involved, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea.
The invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinbefore and hereinafter for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype, preferably, in the treatment of diseases caused by eating disorders, such as obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, and hypertension, furthermore in the treatment of memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, and pain, and additionally in the treatment of sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion and diarrhea.
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof, e.g. in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted am o, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl; (ii) amino or substituted ammo;
(iii) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycioalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, or N- substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy,
(iv) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl; (v) carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl;
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR,-CO-0-R, -NR CO-R, -NR CO-NRι-R, - NR,-S02-R,
Figure imgf000036_0001
-S02-R, -SOj-NRrR, or -S02-NR CO-R, [R being as defined below and R-. being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(R1) represents ammo which is di- substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
(vii) an element of formula -X3(X )(X5) wherein, (a) if X3 is -CH-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -Xe-(CO)p-(CH2)0-, -(CH2)q-X6-(CO)p-(CH2)r-, or -(CH2)s-X6-CO-(CH2)t-; or, (b) if Xs is -N-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -CO-(CH2)u-; [Xβ being -CH2-, -NfT-^)- or -0-; the integer o is 3-5; the integer p is 0 or 1 ; the integer q is 1or 2; the integer r is 1 ; the integer s is 1 or 2; the integer t is 1 or 2; the integer u is 3-5; with the proviso that, if the integer p is 0, X* is different from -CH2-;];
XT represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylidene, oxo- C3-C8-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylidene;
X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R4)-;
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (ii) tower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R;
R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, nitro, cyano;
(ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl; (iii) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, amino, substituted amino, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl,
(carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(iv) amino, substituted amino;
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl;
(vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived and selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, isochinolyl, or quinazolinyl; wherein, in each case, the amino group of substituted amino, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl-iower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (ii) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NRo] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (iii) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 ; wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy.
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk-i and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted ammo, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo,
(iii) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, or N- substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy,
(iv) lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (v) N-substituted carbamoyl,
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-0-R, -NR CO-R, -NRrCO-NR R, - NRι-S02-R, -NR SOa-NRTR, -S02-R,
Figure imgf000039_0001
or -S02-NR CO-R, [R being as defined oelow and Ri being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(Ri) represents ammo which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0> or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
Xi represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkyhdene, oxo- C3-C8-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene,
X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R )-,
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of- halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R,
R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0) or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherem, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl,
(carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, nitro, cyano;
(II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted am o, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(in) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, am o, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl,
(carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(iv) am o, substituted ammo;
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl;
(vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived and selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, indolyl, mdazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, qumolinyl, isoch olyl, or quinazolmyl, wherein, in each case, the ammo group of substituted am o, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (n) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NRo] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (in) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 , wherem, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2, wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl, wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycioalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyi which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene,
R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted am o, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo;
(m) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, or N- substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy;
(iv) lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (v) N-substituted carbamoyl,
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-0-R, -NRrCO-R, -NRrCO-NRrR, - NRrSOs-R,
Figure imgf000041_0001
-S02-R, -Sθ2-NR R, or -S02-NR1-CO-R, [R being as defined below and i being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(Rι) represents ammo which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring], or
Xi represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, C3-C9-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene, oxo- C3-C8-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene,
X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R4)-,
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hyoroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R,
R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, or NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, nitro, cyano,
(II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(in) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(iv) ammo, substituted ammo,
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety, for example, of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived from phenyl, naphthyl or pyridyl, wherein, in each case, the ammo group of substituted ammo, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl -lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (n) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (iii) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 ; wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy.
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen;
(ii) amino, amino which is monosubstituted by lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl or is disubstituted by lower alkyl or by C2-C6-alkylene or amino which is monosubstituted by -CO- O-R and R being lower alkyl;
(iii) lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-carbonyl-oxy; (vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R and R being hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl, -CO-R and R being hydrogen or lower alkyl, -NR CO-0-R and Ri being hydrogen and R being lower alkyl, -NR CO-R and Ri being hydrogen or lower alkyl and R being lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -NR1-SO2-R and Ri being hydrogen or lower alkyl and R being lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, -NRι-S02-NRι-R and Ri being hydrogen and -N(Rt)(R) being amino disubstituted by lower alkyl or by C2-C6-alkylene or being morpholino, piperazino or 4-lower alkyl-piperazino, -S02-R and R being lower alkyl or phenyl;
Xi represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, especially cyclohexylene;
X2 represents -O- and R3 is hydrogen; or
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)- and R4 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; and
R3 represents (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl; or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, amino, amino monosubstituted by lower alkoxycarbonyl or disubstituted by lower alkyl, morpholino, piperazino, 4-lower alkyl- piperazino, 4-lower alkoxycarbonyl-piperazino and carbamoyl disubstituted by lower alkyl; or
X2 and R3 together represent morpholino or 4-lower alkyl-piperazino; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, lower alkyl, phenyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy and lower alkoxycarbonyl.
The invention relates especially to a compound of formula (I) or a salt or tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or d-C3- alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen or lower alkyl;
R2 represents hydrogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, amino, amino disubstituted by C3-C6-alkylene, a group selected from -NR^CO-O-R [R being lower alkyl and Ri being hydrogen], -NR CO-R [R being lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl and Ri being hydrogen], -NRι-S02-R [R being lower alkyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, naphthyl-lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or quinolinyl and Ri being hydrogen and the aryl radicals being unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl], -NRι-S02- NR R [Ri being hydrogen, and the group-N(R)(R!) being di-lower alkylamino, 1 -piperidino, 1 -piperazino, 4-lower alkyl-1 -piperazino, or 4-morpholino] , -S02-R [R being lower alkyl], or -802-NRrR, [R and R, being each lower alkyl];
Xi represents C3-C6-cycloalkylene or C3-C6-cycloalkylidene;
X2 represents O and R3 represents hydrogen; or
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)-; and
R3 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkyl substituted by hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy. lower alkoxy, di-lower alkylamino, or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy;
R4 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, di-lower alkylamino, and phenyl-amino. The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which a\k, and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or Ci-d¬ alkylene;
R1 represents hydrogen;
R2 represents hydrogen, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, amino, ammo di-substituted by C3-C6-alkylene, a group selected from -NR CO-R [R being lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl and R, being hydrogen], -NR CO-O-R [R being lower alkyl], -NR1-SO2-R [R being lower alkyl, phenyl- lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or quinolinyl and R, being hydrogen and phenyl being unsubstituted or substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl], -NR S02-NRι-R [Ri being hydrogen, and the group-N(R)(Rι) being di-lower alkylamino] , -S02-R [R being lower alkyl], or -S02-NR R, [R and Ri being each lower alkyl];
Xi represents C3-C6-cycloalkylene, especially 1 ,3-cyclopentylen, 1 ,3-, or 1 ,4- cycloalkylene;
X2 represents O and R3 represents hydrogen; or
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)-; and
R3 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy;
R4 represents hydrogen; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen or lower alkoxy.
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alk, and alk2 independently of one another, represent a single bond or methylene;
Ri is hydrogen;
Xi is 1 ,4-cyclohexylene;
X2 is -0-; R2 is -NH-S02-R and R being naphthyl; and R3 is hydrogen; or
R2 represents -NH-S02-R and R is phenyl substituted by halogen, especially 4- chloro-phenyl, or naphthyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, Cι-C -alkyl which substituted by Cι-C4-alkyl-amιπo or by Cι-C4-alkyl-amιno-carbonyl or by C5-C3-aikyleπe, or R2 represents Cι-C -alkylamιno, such as methylamino, Cι-C4-alkoxycarbonyl-amιno, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl-amino, -NH-S0 -R and R being phenyl substituted by Ci-d¬ alkyl, such as 4-methyl-phenyl, or d-C4-alkyl, such as methyl, or is NH-S02-N(Rι)(R) and Ri and R each being Cι-C4-alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, and R3 represents hydrogen, phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by halogen, such as 4-fluoro- or 4-chloro-phenyl; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by Cι-C -alkoxy, such as methoxy
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which
XT represents 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexylene;
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)-,
Ri represents hydrogen;
R3 represents hydrogen,
R4 represents hydrogen, alkτ and alk2 each represent a single bond; and R2 represents hydrogen; or alki represents methylene and alk2 represents d-C2-alkylene; and R2 represents a group -NRι-S02-R [R being naphthyl, especially 1- or 2-naphthyl], wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by Cι-C4-alkoxy, especially methoxy, preferably in position 8 of the quinazohne ring
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof in which alki and alk2 each represent methylene,
Xi represents 1 ,4-cyclohexylene,
X2 represents a group of the formula -NH-,
R2 represents ammo which is disubstituted by C4-C5-alkylene, such as 1 -piperidino, and R3 represents phenyl which is substituted by halogen, especially 4-chloro-phenyl; or
R2 represents -NH-S02-R and R being naphthyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, Ci-d¬ alkyl which is substituted by di- d-C4-alkylammo or by 4-d-C4-alkyl-pιperazιno, such as 4- methyl-piperazino, wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by d-d-alkoxy, especially methoxy, preferably in position 8 of the ouinazolme ring
The invention relates especially to a new compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof in which alki and alk2 each represent methylene, Xi represents 1 ,4-cyclohexylene; X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)-; Ri, R3, and R4 each represents hydrogen; R2 represents -NH-S02-R and R represents 1- or 2-naphthyl; and wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by d-C4-alkoxy, especially methoxy, in position 8 of the quinazoline ring.
The invention relates in particular to the novel compounds shown in the examples and to the modes of preparation described therein.
The invention relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention. The preparation of new compounds of the formula (I) and their salts comprises, for example, (a) reacting a compound of formula (lla) or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000047_0001
in which Z 1 represents a leaving group, with a compound of formula (lib) or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000047_0002
or
(b) reacting a compound of formula (Ilia) or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000048_0001
in which Z2 is a leaving group with a compound of formula H-X2-R3 (I lib) or a salt thereof, and, if desired, converting a compound (I) obtainable according to the process or in another manner, in free form or in salt form, into another compound (I), separating a mixture of isomers obtainable according to the process and isolating the desired isomer and/or converting a free compound (I) obtainable according to the process into a salt or converting a salt of a compound (I) obtainable according to the process into the free compound (I) or into another salt.
The reactions described above and below in the variants are carried out in a manner known per se, for example in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of a suitable solvent or diluent or a mixture thereof, the reaction, as required, being carried out with cooling, at room temperature or with warming, for example in a temperature range from about -80°C up to the boiling point of the reaction medium, preferably from about -10° to about +200°C, and, if necessary, in a closed vessel, under pressure, in an inert gas atmosphere and/or under anhydrous conditions. The person skilled in the pertinent art is especially referred to the methods as outlined in the working examples based upon which the person skilled in the art is enabled to carry out the manufacture of the compounds of formula (I).
Salts of starting materials which have at least one basic centre, for example of the formula lllb, are appropriate acid addition salts, while salts of starting materials which have an acidic group, for example of the formula (lib), are present as salts with bases, in each case as mentioned above in connection with corresponding salts of the formula (I). A leaving group Zi or Z2, respectively, is, for example, reactive esterified hydroxy, or is R'-S(0)p- [the integer u being 0, 1 or 2 and R' being lower alkyl, halo-lower alkyl or aryl, such as methyl, trifluoromethyl or p-toluyl], or is lower alkoxy. Reactive esterified hydroxyl (2 ) is in particular hydroxyl esterified with a strong inorganic acid or organic sulfonic acid, for example halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, or bromine, sulfonyloxy, such as hydroxysulfonyloxy, halosulfonyloxy, for example fluorosulfonyloxy, C1-C7-alkane-sulfonyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted, for example by halogen, for example methane- or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, C5-Cτcycloalkanesulfonyloxy, for example cyclohexanesulfonyloxy, or benzenesulfonyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted, for example by C^d.alkyl or halogen, for example p-bromobenzene- or p-toluenesulfonyloxy. Preferred Zi or Z2 is chloro, bromo or iodo, methanesulfonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or p-toluenesulfonyloxy, or methylthio or methoxy.
The reactions of process variants (a) and (b) are carried out, if necessary, in the presence of a base. Suitable bases are, for example, alkali metal hydroxides, hydrides, amides, alkanolates, carbonates, triphenylmethylides, di-lower alkylamides, aminoalkylamides or lower alkylsilylamides, naphthaleneamines, lower alkylamines, basic heterocycles, ammonium hydroxides, and carbocyclic amines. Examples which may be mentioned are sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, sodium amide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert- butoxide, potassium carbonate, lithium triphenylmethylide, lithium diisopropylamide, potassium 3-(aminopropyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsily!)amide, dimethylaminonaphthalene, di- or triethylamine, or ethyldiisopropylamine, N-methylpiperidine, pyridine, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, 1 ,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN) and 1 ,8-diaza- bicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU).
The starting material of fomulae (lla), (lib), (Ilia), and (lllb) is essentially known or is accessible analogously to preparation processes known per se. The starting material of the formula (lla) is essentially described, for example, in US Patent No. 5,064,833.
The starting material of formula (lib) in which R2 represents N-acylated or N- alkylated ammo, such as a group of formula -NR1-CO-O-R, -NR CO-R, -NR1-CO- NR1-R, or N-substituted amino, is accessible, for example, by N-acylatmg or by N-alkylating, respectively, a, preferably N- protected, compound of the formula NH(Rι)-alkι-X-alk2-Z3 (lie) in which 3 represents a group which is convertable to R2, such as ammo, carboxy, or hydroxy. Conventional protecting groups may be used, for example, t- butoxycarbonyl which will be split off after the N-acylation or the N-alkylation, respectively. The starting material of formula (lib) in which R2 represents carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl, or esterified carboxy, can be manufactured starting from a compound of formula (lie) in which ∑3 represents carboxy. The esterification or amidation can be carried out in a manner known per se. Starting fom a compound of formula (lie) in which Z3 is hydroxy, corresponding etherified or esterified derivatives are accessible using etherification or esteπfaction methods known in the art.
The starting material of formula (Ilia) is accessible, for example, by selectively converting the Z2-group in position 4 into a group which is desactivated, for example, by selectively hydrolyzing a compound of formula (lllc)
Figure imgf000050_0002
or a salt thereof to form a corresponding 4-hydroxy-compound (X2 being O and R3 being hydrogen) which is in the next step reacted with a compound of formula (Mb) to introduce the corresponding side chain into position 2 of the quinazolme πng. Reactivation of the 4-posιtιon, if required, for example, by reaction with a halogenating agent, such as POCI3, leads to corresponding compounds of formula (Ilia) in which X2 is N(R4). A compound according to the invention which is obtainable by the process can be converted into another compound according to the invention in a manner known per se
A compound according to the invention containing hydroxyl can be etherified by methods known per se The ethenfication can be carried out, for example, using an alcohol, such as a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkanol, or a reactive ester thereof Suitable reactive esters of the desired alcohols are, for example, those with strong inorganic or organic acids, such as corresponding halides, sulfates, lower alkanesulfonates or substituted or unsubstituted benzenesulfonates, for example chlorides, bromides, iodides, methane-, benzene- or p-toiuenesulfonates The ethenfication can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a base, an alkali metal hydride, hydroxide or carbonate, or of an amme Conversely, corresponding ethers, such as lower alkoxy compounds, can be cleaved, for example, by means oτ strong acids, such as mineral acids, for example the hydrohalic acids hydrobromic or hydπodic acid, which may advantageously be present in the form of pyridinium halides, or by means of Lewis acids, for example halides of elements of main group III or the corresponding sub-groups These reactions can be carried out, if necessary, with cooling or warming, for example in a temperature range from about -20° to about 100°C, in the presence or absence of a solvent or diluent, under inert gas and/or under pressure and, if appropriate, in a closed vessel
Compounds according to the invention containing hydroxymethyl groups can be prepared, for example, starting from compounds containing corresponding carboxyl or esterified carboxyl, corresponding compounds being reduced in a manner known per se, for example by reduction with a hydride which, if desired, may be complex, such as a hydride formed from an element of the 1st and 3rd main groups of the periodic table of the elements, for example borohydride or aluminohydπde, for example lithium borohydπde, lithium aluminium hydride, diisobutylaluminium hydride (an additional reduction step using alkali metal cyanoborohydride, such as sodium cyanoborohydride, may be necessary), and also diborane If an aromatic structural component is substituted by (lower) alkylthio (in S(0)n -R n is 0), this can be oxidised in a customary manner to corresponding (lower) alkanesulfmyl or -sulfonyl. Suitable oxidising agents for the oxidation to the sulfoxide step are, for example, inorganic peracids, such as peracids of mineral acids, for example periodic acid or persulfuric acid, organic peracids, such as appropriate percarboxylic or persulfonic acids, for example performic, peracetic, tπfluoroperacetic or perbenzoic acid or p-toluenepersulfonic acid, or mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acids, for example a mixture of hydrogen peroxide with acetic acid.
The oxidation is commonly carried out in the presence of suitable catalysts, catalysts which can be mentioned being suitable acids, such as substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acids, for example acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or transition metal oxides, such as oxides of elements of sub-group VII, for example vanadium oxide, molybdenum oxide or tungsten oxide. The oxidation is carried out under mild conditions, for example at temperatures from about -50° to about +100°C.
The oxidation to the sulfone step may also be carried out appropriately at low temperatures using dmitrogen tetroxide as the catalyst in the presence of oxygen, just like the direct oxidation of (lower) alkylthio to (lower) alkanesulfonyl. However, in this case the oxidising agent is customarily employed in an excess
If one of the variables contains amino, corresponding compounds of the formula (I), their tautomers or salts can be N-alkylated in a manner known per se; likewise, carbamoyl or radicals containing carbamoyl can be N-alkylated. The (aryl)alkylatιon is carried out, for example, using a reactive ester of an (aryl)C-) - C7alkyl halide, for example a bromide or iodide, (aryl)C-) -C/alkylsulfonate, for example methanesulfonate or p-toluenesulfonate, or a di-C-j -C alkyl sulfate, for example dimethyl sulfate, preferably under basic conditions, such as in the presence of sodium hydroxide solution or potassium hydroxide solution, and advantageously in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst, such as tetrabutylammonium bromide or benzyltπmethylammonium chloride, where, however, stronger basic condensing agents, such as alkali metal amides, hydrides or alkoxides, for example sodium amide, sodium hydride or sodium ethoxide, may be necessary. Amino can also be acylated in a manner known per se.
In compounds of the formula (I) which contain an esterified or amidated carboxyl group as a substituent, a group of this type can be converted into a free carboxyl group, for example by means of hydrolysis, for example in the presence of a basic agent, or of an acidic agent, such as a mineral acid. Tert-butyloxycarbonyl, for example, can furthermore be converted into carboxyl, for example in a manner known per se, such as treating with trihaloacetic acid, such as trifluoroacetic acid, and benzyloxycarbonyl can be converted into carboxyl, for example by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, for example in the manner described below.
Furthermore, in compounds of the formula (I) which contain a carboxyl group as a substituent, this can be converted into an esterified carboxyl group, for example, by treating with an alcohol, such as a lower alkanol, in the presence of a suitable esterifying agent, such as an acid reagent, for example an inorganic or organic acid or a Lewis acid, for example zinc chloride, or a condensing agent which binds water, for example a carbodiimide, such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or by treating with a diazo reagent, such as with a diazo-lower alkane, for example diazomethane. This can also be obtained if compounds of the formula (I) in which the carboxyl group is present in free form or in salt form, such as ammonium salt or metal salt form, for example alkali metal salt form, such as sodium salt or potassium salt form, are treated with a reactive ester of a (C-| - θ7)a!kyl halide, for example methyl or ethyl bromide or iodide, or an organic sulfonic acid ester, such as an appropriate (C-| -C7)alkyl ester, for example methyl or ethyl methanesulfonate or p-toiuenesulfonate.
Compounds of the formula (I) which contain an esterified carboxyl group as a substituent can be transesterified into other ester compounds of the formula (I) by transesterification, for example by treating with an alcohol, customarily a higher appropriate alcohol than that of the esterified carboxyl group in the starting material, in the presence of a suitable transesteπfying agent, such as a basic agent, for example an alkali metal (C-| -C jalkanoate, (C-( -C7)alkanolate or alkali metal cyanide, such as sodium acetate, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide or sodium cyanide, or a suitable acid agent, if appropriate with removal of the resulting alcohol, for example by distillation Appropriate, so- called activated esters of the formula (I) which contain an activated esterified carboxyl group as a substituent may also be used as starting materials (see below), and these may be converted into another ester by treating with a (C-| - C7)alkanol
In compounds of the formula (I) which contain the carboxyl group as a substituent, this can also first be converted into a reactive derivative, such as an anhydride, including a mixed anhydride, such as an acid halide, for example an acid chloride (for example by treating with a thionyl halide, for example thionyl chloride), or an anhydride using a formic acid ester, for example a (Cf -C7)alkyl ester (for example by treating a salt, such as an ammonium or alkali metal salt, with a haloformic acid ester, such as a chloroformic acid ester, such as a (Ci - C7)alkyl ester), or into an activated ester, such as a cyanomethyl ester, a nitrophenyl ester, for example a 4-nιtrophenyl ester, or a polyhalophenyl ester, for example a pentachlorophenyl ester (for example by treating with an appropriate hydroxyl compound in the presence of a suitable condensing agent, such as N,N'-dιcyclohexylcarbodιιmιde), and then a reactive derivative of this type can be reacted with an amme and in this way amide compounds of the formula (I) which contain an amidated carboxyl group as a substituent can be obtained In this case, these can be obtained directly or via intermediate compounds, thus, for example, an activated ester, such as a 4-nιtropnenyl ester, of a compound of the formula (I) containing a carboxyl group can first be reacted with a 1 -unsubstituted imidazole and the 1 -imidazolylcarbonyl compound obtained in this way brought to reaction with an amine However, other non-activated esters, such as (C-| - C7)alkyl esters of compounds of the formula (I), which contain, for example, (C2- Cg)alkoxycarbonyl as a substituent, can also be brought to reaction with amines
If an aromatic ring contains a hydrogen atom as a substituent, the latter can be replaced by a halogen atom with the aid of a halogenating agent in a customary manner, for example brominated with bromine, hypobromic acid, acyl hypobromites or other organic bromine compounds, for example N- bromosuccimmide, N-bromoacetamide, N-bromophthalimide, pyridinium perbromide, dioxane dibromide, 1 ,3-dιbromo-5,5-dιmethylhydantoιn or 2,4,4,6- tetrabromo-2,5-cyclohexanedιen-1-one, or chlorinated with elemental chlorine, for example in a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as chloroform, and with cooling, for example from down to about -10° to about +100°C
If an aromatic ring in the compounds according to the invention contains an ammo group, this can be diazotized in a customary manner, for example by treating with a nitrite, for example sodium nitrite, in the presence of a suitable protonic acid, for example a mineral acid, the reaction temperature advantageously being kept below about 5°C The diazonium group present in the salt form and obtainable in this way can be substituted by analogous processes, for example as follows: by the hydroxyl group analogously to the boihng-out of phenol in the presence of water; by an alkoxy group by treating with an appropriate alcohol, energy having to be added; by the fluorine atom analogously to the Schiemann reaction in the thermolysis of corresponding diazonium tetrafluoroborates; by the halogen atoms chlorine, bromine or iodine and also the cyano group analogously to the Sandmeyer reaction in the reaction with corresponding Cu(l) salts, initially with cooling, for example to below about 5°C, and then heating, for example to about 60° to about 150°C
If the compounds of the formula (I) contain unsaturated radicals, such as (lower) alkenyl or (lower) alkynyl groups, these can be converted into saturated radicals in a manner known per se. Thus, for example, multiple bonds are hydrogenated by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of hydrogenation catalysts, suitable catalysts for this purpose being, for example, nickel, such as Raney nickel, and noble metals or their derivatives, for example oxides, such as palladium or platinum oxide, which may be applied, if desired, to support materials, for example to carbon or calcium carbonate. The hydrogenation may preferably be carried out at pressures between 1 and about 100 at and at room temperature between about -80° to about 200°C, in particular between room temperature and about 100°C The reaction is advantageously carried out in a solvent, such as water, a lower alkanol, for example ethanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, an ether, for example dioxane, or a lower alkanecarboxy c acid, for example acetic acid.
Furthermore, in compounds of the formula (I) in which, for example, one of the aryl radicals contains halogen, such as chlorine, halogen can be replaced by reaction with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, an alcohol or a mercaptan
The invention relates in particular to the processes described in the examples.
Salts of compounds of the formula (I) can be prepared in a manner known per se. Thus, for example, acid addition salts of compounds of the formula (I) are obtained by treating with an acid or a suitable ion exchange reagent. Salts can be converted into the free compounds in a customary manner, and acid addition salts can be converted, for example, by treating with a suitable basic agent
Depending on the procedure and reaction conditions, the compounds according to the invention having salt-forming, in particular basic properties, can be obtained in free form or preferably in the form of salts
In view of the close relationship between the novel compound in the free form and in the form of its salts, in the preceding text and below the free compound or its salts may correspondingly and advantageously also be understood as meaning the corresponding salts or the free compound
The novel compounds including their salts of salt-forming compounds can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates or can include other solvents used for crystallization
Depending on the choice of the starting materials and procedures, the novel compounds can be present in the form of one of the possible isomers or as mixtures thereof, for example as pure optical isomers, such as antipodes, or as isomer mixtures, such as racemates, diastereoisomer mixtures or racemate mixtures, depending on the number of asymmetric carbon atoms For example, compounds of the formula (I) in which e g X, has an asymmetric C atom Racemates and diastereomer mixtures obtained can be separated into the pure isomers or racemates in a known manner on the basis of the physicochemical differences of the components, for example by fractional crystallization Racemates obtained may furthermore be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods, for example by recrystallization from an optically active solvent, chromatography on chiral adsorbents, with the aid of suitable microorganisms, by cleavage with specific immobilized enzymes, via the formation of inclusion compounds, for example using chiral crown ethers, only one enantiomer being complexed, or by conversion into diastereomeric salts, for example by reaction of a basic final substance racemate with an optically active acid, such as a carboxylic acid, for example tartaric or malic acid, or sulfonic acid, for example camphorsulfonie acid, and separation of the diastereomer mixture obtained in this manner, for example on the basis of its differing solubilities, into the diastereomers from which the desired enantiomer can be liberated by the action of suitable agents. The more active enantiomer is advantageously isolated.
The invention also relates to those embodiments of the process, according to which a compound obtainable as an intermediate in any step of the process is used as a starting material and the missing steps are carried out or a starting material in the form of a derivative or salt and/or its racemates or antipodes is used or, in particular, formed under the reaction conditions
In the process of the present invention, those starting materials are preferably used which lead to the compounds described as particularly useful at the beginning. The invention likewise relates to novel starting materials which have been specifically developed for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention, to their use and to processes for their preparation, the variables alki, alk2, Ri, R2, R3, R4, Xi and X2 having the meanings indicated for the preferred compound groups of the formula (I) in each case
The invention likewise relates to pharmaceutical preparations which contain the compounds according to the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as active ingredients, and to processes for their preparation The pharmaceutical preparations accordmg to the invention which contain the compound according to the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are those for enteral, such as oral, furthermore rectal, and parenteral administration to (a) warm-blooded anιmal(s), the pharmacological active ingredient being present on its own or together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier The daily dose of the active ingredient depends on the age and the individual condition and also on the manner of administration
The novel pharmaceutical preparations contain, for example, from about 10 % to about 80%, preferably from about 20 % to about 60 %, of the active ingredient Pharmaceutical preparations according to the invention for enteral or parenteral administration are, for example, those in unit dose forms, such as sugar-coated tablets, tablets, capsules or suppositories, and furthermore ampoules These are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, sugar-coating, dissolving or lyophilizmg processes Thus, pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carriers, if desired granulating a mixture obtained, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired or necessary, after addition of suitable excipients to give tablets or sugar-coated tablet cores
Suitable carriers are, in particular, fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, furthermore binders, such as starch paste, using, for example, corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, if desired, dismtegrants, such as the abovementioned starches, furthermore carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, algmic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium algmate; auxiliaries are primarily ghdants, flow-regulators and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol Sugar-coated tablet cores are provided with suitable coatings which, if desired, are resistant to gastric juice, using, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which, if desired, contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, coating solutions in suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures or, for the preparation of gastric juice-resistant coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate Colorants or pigments, for example to identify or to indicate different doses of active ingredient, may be added to the tablets or sugar-coated tablet coatings
Other orally utilizable pharmaceutical preparations are hard gelatin capsules, and also soft closed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol The hard gelatin capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in a mixture with fillers, such as lactose, binders, such as starches, and/or lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, if desired, stabilizers In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, it also being possible to add stabilizers
Suitable rectally utilizable pharmaceutical preparations are, for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of the active ingredient with a suppository base Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols Furthermore, gelatin rectal capsules which contain a combination of the active ingredient with a base substance may also be used Suitable base substances are, for example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols or paraffin hydrocarbons
Suitable preparations for parenteral administration are primarily aqueous solutions of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for example a water- soluble salt, and furthermore suspensions of the active ingredient, such as appropriate oily injection suspensions, using suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles, such as fatty oils, for example sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or aqueous injection suspensions which contam viscosity-increasing substances, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran, and, if necessary, also stabilizers The dose of the active ingredient depends on the warm-blooded animal species, the age and the individual condition and on the manner of administration. In the normal case, an approximate daily dose of about 10 mg to about 250 mg is to be estimated in the case of oral administration for a patient weighing approximately 75 kg .
The following examples illustrate the invention described above; however, they are not intended to limit its extent in any manner. Temperatures are indicated in degrees Celsius.
The following examples illustrate the invention.
Abbreviations:
HCl hydrochloric acid
NaOH sodium hydroxide
THF tetrahydrofuran min minute(s) h hour(s) m.p. melting point
FAB-MS Fast Atom Bombardment Mass Spectroscopy
ESI-MS Electro-Spray Inonization Mass Spectroscopy
Rf retention factor on a thin layer chromatography plate
Solvent systems (v/v/v):
A1 hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :1 A2 hexanes / ethyl acetate 19:1 A3 hexanes / ethyl acetate 4:1 A4 hexanes / ethyl acetate 2:1 A5 hexanes / ethyl acetate 3:1 A6 ethyl acetate A7 toluene / ethyl acetate 1 : 1 A8 hexanes / ethyl acetate 1 :2 A9 hexanes / ethyl acetate / dichloromethane 12:6:1 A10: hexanes / ethyl acetate / dichloromethane 8:8:1 A1 1 - hexanes / ethyl acetate 10:1
B1 : dich oromethane / methano 19:1 B2: dich oromethane / methano 9:1 B3 dich oromethane / methano 5:1
B4 dich oromethane / methano 4:1 B5 dich oromethane / methano 1 :1 B6 dich oromethane / methano 85:15 B7 dich oromethane / methanol 7:1 B8 dich oromethane / methano 7:3
B9. dich oromethane / methano 97:3 B10: dich oromethane
C1 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 95: 5:0.5 C2 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 90:10:1 C3 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 80:20:2 C4 dich orometnane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 98:2:0.2 C5 dich, oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 350:50:1 C6 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 96:4:0.4 C7 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 70:30-3 C8 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 60:4:1 C9 dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 20:4 1
C10: dich oromethane / methano / ammonium hydroxide 40:4-1
D1 dich oromethane / methano / water / acetic acid 170:26:3:1
D2 dich iloromethane / methanol / water / acetic acid 150:54:10:1
E1 ethy acetate / ethanol / ammonium hydroxide 6:3:1
E2 ethy acetate / methanol / ammonium hydroxide 40:10:1
F1 : toluene / isopropanol / acetic acid 85:15:1
G1 toluene / ethanol / chloroform / ammonium hydroxide 85:15 1
Example 1 : 2-Cvclohexylamιno-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne hydrochloride
A mixture of 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-αuιnazolιne (1 .2 g) and cyclohexylamme (0.69 ml) is heated to for 4 m to produce a melt which is dissolved in isopropanol (15 ml). 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.2 ml) is added and the solvents are removed in vacuo The residue is recrystallized from isopropanol and diethylether to give 2-cyclohexylamino-4-phenylamino- quinazoline hydrochloride; m.p. 236 - 238°C, Rf(F1 ) 0.13.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 2-Chloro-4-phenylamino-quinazoline
A solution of 2,4-dichloro-quinazoline (15 g), N,N-diisopropyl-ethylamine (24.9 ml) and aniline (7.5 ml) in isopropanol (75 ml) is heated to reflux for 45 min. The cold reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is crystallized from diethylether- toluene (1 :1 ) to give 2-chloro-4-phenylamino-quinazoline, m.p. 194 - 196°C.
b) 2,4-Dichloro-guinazoline
N,N-Dimethylaniline (114.0 g) is added slowly to a solution of 1 H,3H-quinazolin-2,4-dione (146.0 g) in phosphorousoxychloride (535.4 ml) while this mixture is heated up to 140°C. After completion of the addition reflux is continued for 20 h . The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated to give a residue which is added to ice and water. The product is extracted with dichloromethane and crystallized from diethylether and petroleum ether to yield 2,4-dichloro-quinazoiine, m.p. 115 - 116°C.
Example 2: cis/trans-2-(4-Piperidin-1-yl-cvclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline dihydrochloride
A mixture of 2-chloro-4-phenylamino-quinazoline (0.76 g) and N-(4-amino-cyclohexyl)- piperidine (J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1946, 68, 1296) (0.6 g) is heated for 3 min to produce a melt which is dissolved in isopropanol (10 ml). 4 N HCl in dioxane (1 .0 ml) is added and the solvents are removed in vacuo. The residue is chromatographed on silica gel by eluting with ethyl acetate / methanol / ammonia (8:2:1 ) to give the free base which, dissolved in ethanol and treated with an excess of 4 N HCl in dioxane, yields cis/trans-2-(4-piperid-1-yl- cyclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline dihydrochloride, Rf (E1 ) 0.13.
Example 3: 2-Cvclohexylamino-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride
A mixture of 2-chloro-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline (0.285 g) and cyclohexylamine (0.15 ml) is heated for 2 min to produce a melt which is dissolved in isopropanol. 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.1 ml) is added. Crystallization from isopropanol and diethylether yields 2- cyclohexylamino-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, m.p. 195 - 197°C.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
2-Chloro-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-guinazoline
A solution of 2,4-dichloro-8-methoxy-quinazoline (prepared as described in J. Chem. Soc. 1948, 1759) (0.6 g), dusopropylethylamine (0.87 ml), and aniline (0.26 ml) in isopropanol (10 ml) is heated at reflux for 45 min. The cold reaction mixture is filtered and residue is crystallized from dichloromethane and hexanes to give 2-chloro-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino- quinazoline, m.p. 245 - 246°C.
Example 4: trans-2-(4-Acetoxy-cvclohexy!amino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride
A solution of trans-2-(4-hydroxy-cyclohexyamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride (1.3 g) and acetic anhydride (0.33 ml) in acetic acid (5 ml) is stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is added to 2N aqueous NaOH. Extraction with ethyl acetate followed by chromatography on silica gel (A4) gives a crude product which is treated with 4 N HCl in dioxane. Crystallization from acetonitrile and acetone yields trans-2-(4-acetoxy-cyclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, m.p. 217 - 220°C.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
2-(4-Hvdroxy-cvclohexyamino)-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride A mixture of 2-chloro-4-phenylamiπo-quinazoline (2.3 g) and trans-4-amino-cyclohexanol (1.26 g) is heated for 3 min to produce a melt which is dissolved in isopropanol. 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.1 ml) is added. Crystallization from isopropanol and acetone yields 2-(4-hydroxy- cyclohexyamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, m.p. 258 - 259°C.
Example 5: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)- cyclohexylmethvπ-amide hydrochloride A solution of 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne (Example 1 a) (0.256 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιno-cyclohexylmethy!)-amιde (0.364 g) in iso-propanol (5 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 17 h After cooling to room temperature, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystallized from 1-octanol to give trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]- amide hydrochloride as colorless crystals melting at 174-176 °C, Rf(B2) 0.32, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ - 537
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) trans-4-f(1 -Naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyll-cvclohexanecarboxylιc acid
To a stirred solution of trans-4-(amιnomethyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid (60 g) in 1 N NaOH (917 ml) is added 1-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride (86.59 g) over 30 m at room temperature The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 20 h To the mixture is added 140 ml of 4 N HCl and 1 I of water, and the white crystals are collected by filtration to yield trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid as a white powder melting at 164 - 165 °C, Rf(A1 ) 0 16, FAB-MS- (M+H)+ = 348
b) trans-4-[(1 -Naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cvclohexanecarboxylιc acid amide To a stirred solution of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cyclohexane- carboxylic acid (100 g) and triethylamine (41 8 ml) in THF (500 ml) is added a solution of ethyl chloroformate (28.6 ml) in THF (30 ml) below 0 °C over 25 mm After stirring at 0 °C for 45 m , 25% aqueous ammonia solution (500 ml) is added to the above mixture at 0 - 5 °C over 10 mm The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 90 mm To the mixture is added 2 I of water and the white solid is collected by filtration to give trans-4-[(1 - naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid amide as a white powder melting at 170 - 171 °C; Rf(C5) 0 40, FAB-MS. (M+H)+ = 347
c) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde
To a stirred suspension of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyi)-amιnomethyl]-cyclohexane- carboxylic acid amide (61 4 g) in THF (500 ml) is added a solution of diborane-THF complex in THF (1 M, 443 ml) below 28 °C over 50 m The mixture is slowly warmed up and heated up to reflux for 2 h After cooling to 0 °C, the reaction is quenched by adding 120 ml of water and 500 ml of 4 N HCl To the mixture is added 1 I of methanol and the mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with 1 I of methanol and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product is obtained as its HCl salt and is purified by recystallization from isopropanol (mp. 259 °C). To the purified HCl salt is added 1.2 I of 1 N NaOH and the resulting solution is extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide as a colorless amorphous solid; Rf(C5) 0.07.
d) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-isocyano-cvclohexy!methyl)-amide
To a stirred solution of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-aminomethyl]-cyclohexane- carboxylic acid (3 g) and triethylamine (1.45 ml) in THF (30 ml) is added dropwise to a solution of ethyl chloroformate (0.81 ml) in THF (4 ml) between -10 and -5 °C. After stirring at -10 CC for 20 min, a solution of sodium azide (1.12 g) in water (3.5 ml) is added to the mixture over 5 min. The resulting mixture is stirred for 30 min and is poured into 60 ml of ice-water. The mixture is extracted with toluene. After drying over sodium sulfate, the combined extracts are heated at reflux for 1 h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-isocyano-cyclohexylmethyl)-amid as a colorless oil; Rf(A1) 0.73.
e) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amino-cvclohexylmethyl)-amide
A suspension of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-isocyano-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (1.3 g) in 20 ml of 4 N HCl is heated at reflux over night. The white solid is isolated by filtration and is washed with water. To the solid is added 15 ml of 1 N aqueous NaOH and the mixture is extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give trans-naphthalene-1- sulfonic acid (4-amino-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide as a white powder melting at 137 - 138 °C; Rf(C5) 0.1 , FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 319.
Example 6: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amino-guinazolin-2-yl-amino)- cvclohexylmethyll-amide hydrochloride
A suspension of 2-chloro-quinazolin-4-ylamine (see: US 3,956,495) (0.118 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amino-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (0.21 g) in 5 ml of isopentylalcohol is heated up to 120 °C for 15 h. The resulting solution is concentrated and chromatographed (silica gel, B2) to give the product as a foam. This material is taken up in dichloromethane and treated at 0 °C with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (0.2 ml). Concentration in vacuo provides a foam which is triturated in boiling cyclohexane to yield after filtration trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-yl-amιno)- cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde hydrochloride, melting at 115 - 125 °C Rf(B2) 0.24; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 462
Example 7: trans-[4-(4-Phenylamιno-guιnazolιne-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethvπ-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride
A solution of 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-quιnazohne (9.72 g) and trans-(4-amιno- cyclohexylmethyl) -carbamic acid tert -butyl ester (10 1 g) in isopentylalcohol (150 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 20 h The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature and the product is collected by suction filtration Crystallization from isopropanol yields naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid trans-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylammo)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde hydrochloride as a colorless crystals melting at 161 - 163 °C, Rf(D1) 0.44
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) [4-(tert -ButoxycarbonylaminomethvD-cyclohexyπ-carbamic acid benzylester
To a stirred suspension of 4-(tert -butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid (obtained according to. FR 2,701 ,480) (45 g) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (44 ml) in toluene (600 ml) is added triethylamine (32 ml) below 0 °C over a period of 20 m The mixture is slowly warmed up and stirred at 70 °C for 4 h After cooling to 40 °C, benzyl alcohol (36 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 20 h The cold reaction mixture is washed with water and brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallisation from ethyl acetate and diethylether yields [4-(tert.-butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamιc acid benzylester as colorless crystals, melting at 126 - 129 °C Rf(A7) 0 47
b) trans-(4-Amιno-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert -butyl ester
A solution of [4-(tert -butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyc!ohexyl]-carbamιc acid benzylester (4 g) in methanol (200 ml) is hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on charcoal 10% (0.7 g) at ambient temperature and pressure The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to yield and trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert - butyl ester as a colorless oil, Rf(D1 ) 0.12
Example 8 trans-4-(Amιnomethyl-cvclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-guιnazolιne dihydrochloride
A suspension of trans-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde hydrochloride (6.8 g) in chloroform (50 ml) is treated with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (20 ml) at 0 °C. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is recrystallized from isopropanol to yield trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4- phenylamino-quinazoline dihydrochloride as white crystals melting at 326 - 330°C The dihydrochloride salt is taken up in a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and dichloromethane After extraction with ethyl acetate, the organics are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno- quinazohne as a light yellow oil Rf(G1) 0 04 FAB-MS- (M+H)+ = 348
Example 9: trans-[4-(4-Phenylamιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethvn- methanesulfonamide hydrochloride
A solution of trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne (0.70 g) and dusopropylethylamine (0 41 ml) in dichloromethane (10 ml) or is cooled to 0 °C and treated with methanenesulfonylchloπde (0.16 ml) in dichloromethane (2 ml) After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is taken up in water and extracted with ethyl acetate The combined extracts are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in methanol and treated with a 4 N HCl in dioxane (0.5 ml) Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from isopropanol yields trans-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]- methanesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 240-245 °C Rf(G1 ) 0 45
Example 10- trans-4-Methyl-N-[4-(4-phenylamιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethyl1- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne (0 79 g) with toluenesulfonylchloπde (0 38 g) as described in Example 9 provides trans-4-methyl-N- [4-(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 163-165 °C. Rf(G1 ) 0.53.
Example 1 1 : trans-N-{4-[(4-Amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methvπ-cvclohexylmethyl -4- methoxy-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
A solution of trans-N-2-(4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quinazoline-2,4-diamine hydrochloride (0.3 g) and dusopropylethylamine (0.716 ml) in 4 ml of N,N-dimethyl- formamide is cooled to 0 °C and treated with 4-methoxybenzenesulfonylchloride (0.242 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 ml). After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, C1) to give the product as a foam. It is taken up in dichloromethane (2 ml) and treated at 0 °C with a 4 N HCl in dioxane (2 ml). Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from acetonitrile yields trans- N-{4-[(4- amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-methoxy-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride as a tan powder melting at 118 - 125 °C . Rf(C1) 0.38; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 456.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans-(4-Hvdroxymethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester A solution of trans-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-cyciohexanecarboxylic acid (obtained according to: EP 0614 91 1 A1) (34.5 g) and triethylamine (28 ml) in dichloromethane (700 ml) is cooled to -70 °C and treated with methylchloroformate (12.9 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred 0.5 h at -70°C . The temperature is allowed to increase to 0 °C and the solution is stirred another 0.5 h until completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture is taken up in ice-cold dichloromethane, washed with an ice-cold 0.5 N HCl solution, a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water. The organics are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to the mixted-anhydride as an oil. This material is taken up in THF and treated at - 70 °C with sodium borohydride (5.90 g), followed by absolute methanol (10 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred 15 h at 0 °C and 1 h at ambient temperature to drive the reaction to completion. A 0.5 N HCl solution is then carefuly added at 0°C, followed by ethyl acetate. The organics are washed with a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution, water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Chromatography on silica gel (A1 ) yields trans-(4-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder, melting at 88 - 89°C Rf(A1) 0.24.
b) trans-(4-Azιdomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester trans-(4-Hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (24 g) in pyndine (200 ml) at 0 °C is treated with a solution of para-toluenesulfonylchlonde (24.44 g) in pyridine (50 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0 °Cuntil completion and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration of the solution yields the tosylate, used without further purification. This material is treated with sodium azide (19.23 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (800 ml) at 50°C. After completion of the reaction, the solution is concentrated and the resulting paste is taken up in dichloromethane, washed with water and concentrated. Chromatography of the crude material on silica gel (A2 then A3) provides trans-(4-azιdomethyl-cyclohexyl- methyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as an oil. Rf(A3) 0.33; IR (dichloromethane) μ max 2099 cm' 1.
c) trans-(4-Aminomethyl-cvcloheχylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester trans-(4-Azidomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (24 g) in ethyl acetate (1 liter) is hydrogenated over platmumoxide (2.4 g) at ambient temperature under atmospheric pressure of hydrogen. The catalyst is filtered-off and the filtrate concentrated to yield trans-(4-ammomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as an oil. Rf(C2) 0.41.
d) trans- 4-[(4-Amιno-guinazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl>-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester
A suspention of 5.0 g of 2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamine and 6.75 g of trans-(4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester in 120 ml of isopentylalcohol is heated up to 120 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (B1 then B2) to give trans-{4-[(4-ammo-quinazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a foam. Rf(B2) 0.33.
e) trans-N-2-(4-Aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-guιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride
A solution of trans-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}~carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (9 58 g) in 130 ml of dichloromethane is cooled to 0 °C and treated with 130 ml of a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to yield trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolme-2,4- diamine hydrochloride melting at 189 - 192°C. Rf(C3) 0.54
Example 12. trans-3-{{4-K4-Amιno-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyll- sulfamoyll-4-methoxy-benzoιc acid methyl ester hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quinazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.3 g) with 2-methoxy-5-(methoxycarbonyl)-sulfonylchlorιde (0.332 g) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-3-{{4-[(4-amιno-quinazolιn-2-ylammo)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-sulfamoyl}-4-methoxy-benzoιc acid methyl ester hydrochloride melting at 140 - 150°C. R1(C1) 0.28; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 514.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 2-Methoxy-5-(methoxycarbonyl)-sulfonιc acid
A solution of methyl 4-methoxybenzoate (50 g) in dichloromethane (800 ml) is cooled to 0 °C, treated by slow addition of chlorosulfonic acid (22.10 ml) and heated up to reflux for 12 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature and the product is collected by suction filtration. Crystallization from diethylether yields 2-methoxy-5-(methoxycarbonyl)- sulfonic acid melting at 159 - 160°C.
b) 3-Chlorosufonyl-4-methoxy-beπzoιc acid methyl ester
A solution of 2-methoxy-5-(methoxycarbonyl)-sulfonιc acid (55 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (1 liter) is treated at 0 °Cwιth pyndine (53.6 ml), followed by phosphorusoxychloπde (61.5 ml) and stirred at ambient temperature for 15 h. The reaction mixture is taken up in diethylether and washed with ice-cold water. The organics are concentrated to ca. 150 ml and the product is allowed to crystallize out overnight. It is collected by suction filtration, triturated in hexanes and dried to give chlorosufonyl-4-methoxy-benzoιc acid methyl ester, melting at 124 - 126 °C
Example 13: trans-N- 4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethyl -2,5- dimethoxy-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.3 g) with 2,5-dιmethoxy-benzenesulfonylchloπde (0.258 g) as described in Example 11 provides trans-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- 2,5-dιmethoxy-benzenesulfonamιde hydrochloride melting at 137 - 145°C Rf(C1 ) 0.20, FAB-MS- (M+H)+ = 486
Example 14: trans-N- 4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl - benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.3 g) with benzenesulfonylchloπde (0.161 ml) as described in Example 11 provides trans-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 11 1 - 123 °C. Rf(B2) 0.23, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 426.
Example 15: trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acιd {4-r(4-amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methvπ- cvclohexylmethyl}-aιτιιde hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.2 g) with naphthalene-2-sulfonylchlorιde (0.127 mg) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-yl- amιno)methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochloride melting at 105 - 120 °C Rf(C2) 0.63; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 476
Example 16: trans-N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethylV- methanesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0 4 g) with methanesulfoπylchloπde (0 121 ml) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- methanesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 130 - 140°C. Rf(C2) 0.35; FAB-MS (M+H)+ = 364 Example 17. trans-N-{4-f(4-Amιno-quιnazo ιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl)-- phenylmethanesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazohne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.3 g) with phenylmethanesulfonylchlonde (0.223 g) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quinazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- phenylmethanesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 144 - 150 °C. Rf(Cl) 0.32; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 440
Example 18: trans-N- 4-[4-Amino-guinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethylV-4-tert- butyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.26 g) with 4-tert-butyl-benzenesulfonylchlorιde (0.253 g) as described in Example 11 provides trans-N-{4-[4-amιno-quιnazoiιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- 4-tert-butyl-benzenesulfonamιde hydrochloride melting at 135 - 150°C. Rf(C2) 0.38; FAB¬ MS: (M+H)+ = 482.
Example 19: trans-N-{4-f4-Amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyll-2.4,6- tnmethyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.27 g) with 2,4,6-trιmethylbenzenesulfonylchloπde (0.24 g) as described in Example 11 provides trans-N-{4-[4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl>- 2,4,6-trιmethyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 148 - 158 °C. Rf(C2) 0.35; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 468.
Example 20: trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-ouιnazolιn-2-ylammo)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4- methyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.38 g) with para-toluenesulfonylchloπde (0 303 g) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N-{4-[4-amιno-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-methyl- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride melting at 100 - 112 °C Rf(C2) 0 53; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 440
Example 21 trans-N- 4-[4-Amino-guinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl}- benzamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0 4 g) with benzoylchlonde (0 129 ml) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N-{4-[4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-benzamιde hydrochloride melting at 150 - 160 °C. Rf(C2) 0.45, FAB-MS (M+H)+ = 390
Example 22 trans-N- 4-f4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl>-2- phenyl-acetamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0 4 g) with phenylacetylchloπde (0 148 ml) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N-{4-[4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-phenyl- acetamide hydrochloride melting at 130 - 138°C Rf(C2) 0 55, FAB-MS- (M+H)+ = 404
Example 23- trans-N.N-Dimethy ammo sulfonic acid 4-[(4-amιno-guιnazo!ιn-2-ylamιno)- methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N-2-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazohne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0 4 g) with N,N-dιmethylamιnosulfonylchloπde (0.12 ml) as described in Example 1 1 provides trans-N,N-Dιmethylamιno sulfonic acid {4-{(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochloride melting at 63 - 71 °C Rf(Cl ) 0 13, FAB-MS (M+H)+ = 393
Example 24 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acιd 4-[(4-amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methvn- cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde hydrochloride
A suspention of 2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιne (7 02 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (13 g) in 250 ml of isopentylalcohol is heated up to 120 °C for 15 h The resulting solution is concentrated and chromatographed (silica gel, B2) to give the product as a foam This material is taken up in dichloromethane (250 ml) and treated at 0 °C with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (10 ml) Concentration in vacuo provides a foam which is triturated in boiling cyclohexane to yield after filtration trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide hydrochloride melting at 155 - 164°C Rf(B2) 0 23, FAB-MS. (M+H)+ = 476.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) trans-f4-f(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl -carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester
A solution of trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (17 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (14 41 ml) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (350 ml) is cooled to 0 °C and treated with a solution of naphthalene-1 -sulfonylchlorιde (15 9 g) in N,N-dιmethyl formamide (100 ml) The reaction is stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, concentrated in vacuo The residue is taken up in dichloromethane, washed with a 0 5 N HCl solution, a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water, dried and concentrated Crystallization from hexanes-ethyl acetate gives trans-{4-[(naphthalene-1-sulfonylamιno)- methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder, melting at 199 - 200 °C. Rf(A1 ) 0 42
b) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethvi-cvclohexylmethyD-amιde
A suspension of trans-{4-[(naphthalene-1-sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (25 g) in chloroform (300 ml) is treated with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (300 ml) at 0°C. After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, the residue is taken up in a 1 N aqueous NaOH solution and dichloromethane After extraction with dichloromethane, the organics are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to 18 5 g of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-ammomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde as a white powder melting at 157 - 162 °C Rf(C3) 0.36
Example 25. trans-(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-methyll-cvclohexylmethylV-amιde hydrochloride
According to the procedure described in Example 24, 0.28 g of 2-chloro-8-methoxy- quιnazolιn-4-ylamιne and 0 444 g of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde are reacted together to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4- [(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide hydrochloride, melting at 153 - 160 °C. Rf(B2) 0.21 ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 506.
The starting material can be manufactured, for example, as follows:
2-Chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-ylamine
A solution of 1 g of 2,4-dichloro-8-methoxy-quιnazohne in THF (13 ml) is treated with 0.782 ml of ammonium hydroxide (28 % in water). After completion of the reaction (5 h at ambient temperature), the solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is recrystallized twice from dioxane to give 2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolin-4-ylamιne, melting at 146 - 152 °C. Rf(A1 ) 0.18
Example 26. trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-amιno-6-bromo-quιnazolin-2- ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl -amide
A suspension of 6-bromo-2-chloro-quinazolin-4-ylamιne (1.293 g) and trans-naphthalene-1- sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (1.662 g) in 50 ml of isopentylalcohol is heated up to 120 °C for 15 h. The resulting solution is concentrated and chromatographed (silica gel, ethyl acetate) to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4- amιno-6-bromo-quιnazolm-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl]~amιde as a foam, melting at 233 - 235°C. Rf(A6) 0.36; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 554.
Example 27: trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid 4-f(4-amino-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-amide hydrochloride
According to the procedure described in Example 24, 0.28 g of 2-chloro-8-methoxy- quιnazolιn-4-ylamιne and 0.444 g of trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amide give trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyi}-amιde hydrochloride, melting at 130 - 140 °C Rf(B4) 0.59; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 506
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows. a) trans-{4-[(Naphthalene-2-sulfonylamino)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester
According to the procedure described in Example 24a, 5 g of trans-(4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester and 4.67 g of trans-naphthalene-2- sulfonylchloride give {4-[(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, melting at 138 - 140 °C. Rf(A4) 0.29.
b) trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide According to the procedure described in Example 24b, 5.49 g of trans-{4-[(naphthalene-2- sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester is converted to trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde, melting at 123 - 126 °C. Rf(C2) 0.39.
Example 28: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-oxo-3,4-dιhvdro-guιnazolin-2- ylamino)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-amide
According to the procedure described in Example 26, 1.36 g of 2-chloro-4 (1 H)- quinazolinone and 2.5 g of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclo- hexylmethyl)-amide give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-oxo-3,4-dihydro- quιnazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide, melting at 225 - 235 °C. Rf(B2) 0.52; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 477.
Example 29: trans-Naphtha ene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)- methy ]-cyclohexylmethyl -amide
According to the procedure described in Example 24, 0.28 g of 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno- quinazohne and 0.26 g of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid -(4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amide is converted to yield trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4- phenylamino-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, melting at 145 - 153 °C. Rf(B1) 0.19; FAB-MS. (M+H)+ = 552.
Example 30: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-f(4-tert-butylamιno-guιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-methvπ-cvclohexylmethyl}-amιde A mixture of 2-chloro-4-tert.-butyl-amino-quιnazolιne (0.1 18 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.216 g) is heated for 2 mm to produce a melt which is dissolved in acetonitrile. 4N HCl in dioxane (0.1 ml) is added and the solvents are removed in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and treated with 1 N HCl. The aqueous layer is made alkaline with 2 N aqueous NaOH, the product is extracted with ethyl acetate. After concentration in vacuo the residue is redissolved in acetone, 0.1 ml 4N HCl in dioxane is added and crystallization yields trans-naphthalene-1- sulfonιc acιd {4-[(4-tert.-butylamιno-quinazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide hydrochloride, m.p. 238 - 240 °C.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
2-Chloro-4-tert.-butylamιno-quinazoline
A solution of 2,4-dichloro-quιnazolιne (2 g) and tert-butylamme (1.46 ml) in isopropanol (5 ml) is heated to 80 °C in a sealed vessel for 30 min. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is added to 2 N aqueous NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. Crystallization from diethylether and hexanes yields 2-chloro-4-tert.-butylamino- qumazoline, m.p. 143 - 145 °C.
Example 31 : (R.S)-cis-Naphthalene-l -sulfonic acid {3-r(4-amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- methvn-cvclohexy methylV-amide hydrochloride
Following the procedure described in Example 24, a mixture of 0.259 g of 2-chloro- quιnazolin-4-ylamιne and 0.48 g of (R,S)-cιs-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (3-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl-amide is converted to (R,S)-cis-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 3-[(4-amιno- quinazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-benzylamide hydrochloride melting at 152 - 160 °C. Rf(B2) 0.37; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 476.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) (R,S)-cis-(3-Amιno methyl-cyclohexylmethvD-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
A solution of 4 0 g of (3-amιno methyl-benzyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester in absolute methanol (80 ml) is hydrogenated over Nishimura catalyst (0.8 g) under atmospheric pressure of hydrogen and at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, the catalyst is filtered-off, the filtrate is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (C2) to yield (R,S)-cιs-(3-amιno methyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as an oil. Rf(C2) 0.33
b) (R.S)-cιs-{3-[(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl>-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester
Following the procedure described in Example 24a, a mixture of 1.2 g of (R,S)-cιs-(3- amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester and 1.12 g of naphthalene-1 - sulfonylchloπde in acetonitrile are reacted together to yield (R,S)-cιs-{3-[(naphthalene-1- sulfonylammo)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester melting at 63 - 68°C. Rf(A4) 0.42
c) (R.Sl-cιs-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (3-amιnomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde Following the procedure described in Example 24b, (R,S)-cιs-{3-[(naphthalene-1 - sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (1.86 g) is converted to (rac.)-cιs-naphthalene-l -sulfonic acid (3-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde as a foam. Rf(C2) 0.50.
Example 32. trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- cvclohexylethy l-amide hydrochloride
A solution of 2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιne (0.18 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnoethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.345 g) in 6 ml of iso-propanol is stirred at 120 °C for 16h After cooling to room temperature, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure The residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (A2 and B2) to yield trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylethyl]-amιde hydrochloride as colorless amorphous solid; Rf(B2) 0.34, FAB-MS (M+H)+ = 490
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
a) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [(4-hvdroxymethyl)-cvclohexylmethyll-amιde
To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (4 72 g) in THF (100 ml) is added a solution of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid (28 8 g) in THF (60 ml) in a dropwise manner below 10 °C The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h and is heated at reflux for 15 h The resulting mixture is cooled to 0 °C and a mixture of 100 ml of THF and 15 ml of water is carefully added. To the mixture is added 15 ml of 1 N NaOH and the suspension is stirred for 2 h at room temperature 40 g of magnesium sulfate and 20 g of Celite are added to the mixture and the inorganic solid is removed by filtration The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residual solid is recrystallized from a mixture of THF and isopropanol to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid [(4-hydroxymethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde as a colorless crystals melting at 134 - 135 °C, Rf(A1 ) 0.25.
b) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {[4-(p-toluenesulfonyl-oxy)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethyl>- amide
To a solution of trans-[(4-hydroxymethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde (15 g) and triethylamine (12.5 ml) in 200 ml of dichloromethane is added p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (9.86 g) and N,N-dιmethylamιnopyrιdιne (0.55 g) at room temperature. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 12 h and is poured into 300 ml of water. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts are washed with 0.5 N HCl, aqueous saturated sodium carbonate solution and brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residual solid is recrystallized from a mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {[4-(para-toluene sulfonyl)-oxy-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as white crystals melting at 153 - 155 °C, Rf(A1) 0.56.
c) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid r(4-cvanomethyl)-cvclohexylmethyl]-amιde
To a solution of trans-{[4-(p-toluenesulfonyl)-oxy-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde (10.8 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (100 ml) is added sodium cyanide (4 34 g) at room temperature The mixture is stirred at 50 °C for 20 h After cooling to room temperature, N,N-dι- methylformamide is removed under reduced pressure The residue is suspended in water and is extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts are washed with water and brine and are dried over sodium sulfate The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residual solid is recrystallized from a mixture of dichloromethane and hexanes to give trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [(4-cyanomethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde as colorless crystals melting at 136 - 138 °C, Rf(A1) 0 50, FAB-MS (M+H) + = 343 d) trans-Naphtha ene-1 -sulfonic acid [(4-amιnoethyl)-cyclohexylmethyll-amιde A suspension of naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid trans-[(4-cyanomethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]- amide (2 0 g) and Raney nickel (0.5 g) in methanol (50 ml) containing 5% ammonia is stirred under hydrogen at room temperature for 16 h The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue is added 4 N HCl in dioxane (10 ml) at 0 °C and the resulting solution is stirred for 30 mm The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residual solid is washed with diethylether To the solid is added 1 N NaOH (25 ml) solution and the mixture is extracted with dichloromethane The combined extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and are concentrated under reduced pressure to give naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid trans-[(4- amιnoethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde as white amorphous solid, Rf(B3) 0 46, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 347
Example 33 In a manner analogous to that described herein before it is also possible to manufacture the following compounds:
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-hydroxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-ethylamιno]-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno}- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(morpholιn-1 -yl)-ethylamιno]-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno}- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[1 ,1 -dι(hydroxymethyl)-methylamιno]-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno}-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-methoxy-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-methylamιno-qumazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(N,N-dιmethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-yl)-methyl-amιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- methyl-amide c/s-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-(acetylamιno)- benzenesulfonamide
N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-trιfluoromethyl- benzenesulfonamide
N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-nιtro- benzenesulfonamide
Quιnolιne-8-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide
N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-fluoro- benzenesulfonamide
Cyclohexane-sulfonιc acιd {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide
Propane-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide
2-Methoxyethane sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Morpholιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide
Pιperιdιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide
4-Methyl-pιperazιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
N,N-Dιmethylamιnosulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιπazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
N-Methylaminosulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Naphthaiene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxyethoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-amino-8-(N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)-quinazolin-2- ylamino]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide.
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-amino-8-(morpholin-4-ylethoxy)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide.
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-8-ethyl-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methylJ- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide.
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-6-methoxyethoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl>-amide.
Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-5,8-dimethoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide.
Piperidine-1 -sulfonic acid {3-[(4-amino-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexyimethyl}-amide.
Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {3-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide.
N-{3-[(4-Amino-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-(N,N- dimethylamino)-sulfonamide.
Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {3-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclopentylmethyl}- amide.
8-Methoxy-2-[4-(naphthalen-ylmethanesulfonylmethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-quinazoline-2,4- diamine.
4-(Chloro-phenylamino)-8-methoxy-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-cyclohexylamino)-quinazoline
4-(Chloro-phenyl)-8-methoxy-2-methyl-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-cyclohexyl)-quinazoline-
2,4-diamine
1 -{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-pyrrolidin-2- one
{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-dimethylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-N-methyl- acetamide
2-{4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-2-[4-(propane-2-sulfonylmethyl)-cyclohexylamino]-quinazolin-8- yloxy]-ethanoi
2-{6-Chloro-4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-2-[4-(propane-2-sulfonylmethyl)-cyclohexylamino]- quinazolin-8-yioxy]-ethanol
6-Chloro-4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-8-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-2-{4-[2-(propane-2-sulfonyl)-ethyl]- cyclohexyl}-quinazoline-2,4-diamine 2-{4-[8-(2-Dιmethylamιno-ethoxy)-4-(4-fluoro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- cyclohexyl}-ethanesulfonιc acid dimethylamide
N,N-Dιmethylsulfonιc acιd 4-[4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
3-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-8-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-cyclohexyl}-1 -(4- methyl-pιperazιn-1-yl)-propan-1-one
Example 34- trans-Propane-2-sulfonιc acιd {4-f(4-amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cvclohexylmethylVamide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000083_0001
A solution of trans-N (2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0 5 g) and dusopropylethylamine (1 19 ml) in 6 ml of N,N-dιmethylformamιde is cooled to 0 °C and treated with isopropyl-sulfonylchloπde (1 09 ml) in N,N- dimethylformamide (1 ml) After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, C1) to give the product as a foam. It is taken up in dichloromethane (2 ml) and treated at 0 °C with a 4 N HCl in dioxane (2 ml) Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from acetonitrile yields trans-propane-2-sulfonιc acid {4-
[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochloride as a powder melting at 120-130 °C Rf(C1) 0.21 ; FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 392
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) traπs-(4-Hvdroxymethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester A solution of frar,s-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamιno-methyl)-cyclohexanecarboxylιc acid (EP 0614 91 1 A1 ) (34.5 g) and triethylamine (28 ml) in dichloromethane (700 ml) is cooled to -70 °C and treated with methylchloroformate (12 9 ml) The reaction mixture is stirred 0 5 h at - 70 °C The temperature is allowed to increase to 0 °C and the solution is stirred another 0 5 h until completion of the reaction The reaction mixture is taken up in ice-cold dichloromethane, washed with an ice-cold 0 5 N HCl solution a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water The organics are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to 41 .3 g of mixt-anhydnde as an oil This material is taken up in THF and treated at - 70 °C with sodium borohydride (5.90 g), followed by absolute methanol (10 ml). The reaction mixture is stirred 15 h at 0 °C and 1 h at ambient temperature to drive the reaction to completion A 0.5 N HCl solution is then carefuly added at 0 °C, followed by ethyl acetate The organics are washed with a saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution, water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Chromatography on silica gel (A1) yields trans-{4- hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder, melting at 88 - 89 °C Rf(A1 ) 0.24
b) trans-(4-Azιdomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester fraπs-(4-Hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (24 g) in pyridine (200 ml) at 0 °C is treated with a solution of para-toluenesulfonylchloπde (24 44 g) in pyndine (50 ml). The mixture is stirred at 0 °C until completion of the reaction and concentrated in vacuo The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate Concentration of the solution yields the tosylate, used without further purification This material is treated with sodium azide (19.23 g) in N,N- dimethylformamide (800 ml) at 50 °C. After completion of the reaction, the solution is concentrated and the resulting paste is taken up in dichloromethane, washed with water and concentrated Chromatography of the crude material on silica gel (A2 then A3) gives traπs-(4-azιdomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as an oil Rf(A3) 0.33, IR (dichloromethane) v max 2099 cm" 1
c) frans-(4-Amιnomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester trans-(4-Azιdomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (24 g) in ethyl acetate (1 liter) is hydrogenated over platmumoxide (2.4 g) at ambient temperature under atmospheric pressure of hydrogen. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate concentrated to yield trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as an oil Rf(C2) 0 41
d) f/"ans-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazotιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethyl|-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester A suspention of 5.0 g of 2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιne and 6.75 g of trans-(4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl) -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester in isopentylalcohol (120 ml) is heated up to 120 °C for 15 h The reaction mixture is concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (B1 then B2) to give trans-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a foam Rf(B2) 0.33.
e) trans-N(2)-(4-Amιnomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-guιnazolιne-2.4-dιamιne hydrochloride A solution of trar?s-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylammo)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (9.58 g) in dichloromethane (130 ml) is cooled to 0 °C and treated with a 4N HCl solution in dioxane (130 ml) After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to yield trans-N(2)-(4-ammomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne- 2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride melting at 189 - 192 °C. Rf(C3) 0.54
Example 35: traπs-N-{4-f(4-Amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl1-cvclohexylmethyll-4-fluoro- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Figure imgf000085_0001
Reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-qumazoline-2,4-diamine hydrochloride (0 4 g) with 4-fluorobenzenesulfonylchlorιde (0.326 g) as described in
Example 34 gives trans-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4- fluoro-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride as a powder melting at 95-102 °C Rf(B2) 0.30,
FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 444
Example 36 trar?s-N-{4-f(4-Amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethyl}-2-nιtro- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
Reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.5 g) with 2-nιtrobenzenesulfoπylchlorιde (0 433 g) as described in 34 gives traπs-N-{4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-nιtro- benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride as a powder melting at 129-138 °C Rf(Cl ) 0 15, FAB¬ MS (M+H)+= 471 Example 37- traπs-Pιpeπdιne-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyll-amide hydrochlonde
Figure imgf000086_0001
Reaction of t/"ans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochloride (0.4 g) with 0 246 g of pipendmesulfonylchlonde (WO 94/05639) as described in Example 34 gives trans-pipendine-l -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochloride as a powder melting at 92-95 °C Rf(C3) 0 70; FAB-MS. (M+H)+= 433
Example 38- traπs-Morpholιne-4-sulfonιc acid {4-f(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cvclohexylmethvD-amide hydrochlonde
Reaction of traπs-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyimethyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochlonde (0 4 g) with 0 311 g of 4-morpholιnesulfonylchloπde (WO 94/05639) as described in Example 34 gives trans-morpholιne-4-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde hydrochloride as a powder melting at 125 °C Rf(C2) 0 41 , FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 435
Example 39: aπs-Naphtha ene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno1-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde
A suspention of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amιne ((0.37 g) and trans-- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.518 g) in isopentylalcohol (10 ml) is heated to 120 °C for 18 h The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, B1 ) to give ttans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acιd {4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 105-1 10 °C Rf(B2) 0 33, FAB-MS (M+H)+= 534
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows (2-Chloro-Quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amιne
A solution of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (5 g) and dusopropylethylamine (8.6 ml) in isopropanol (30 ml) is treated with 2-methoxyethylamιne (2.07 g) in isopropanol (10 ml). Under completion of the reaction (exothermic), the crude mixture is concentrated and the residue partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The aqueous phase is extracted with dichloromethane, the organics are combined and dried over magnesium sulfate. Chromatography (silica gel, A4 followed by A1) gives (2-chloro-qumazolιn-4-yl)-(2-methoxy- ethyl)-amιne as a powder melting at 122-125 °C Rf(A1) 0.52
Example 40. traπs-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{f4-(2-methoxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylaminol-methyD-cvclohexylmethyll-amide
The reaction of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-amιne (0.37 g) and trans- naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.518 g) (see Example 27b for preparation) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B1) gives tra/?s-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a foam melting at 101 -106 °C. Rf(B2) 0.36, FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 534.
Example 41 : trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{f4-(2-hvdroxy-ethylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl)-amιde
The reaction of 2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethanol (0.3 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 - sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.446 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-
(2-hydroxy-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a foam melting at 107-1 10 °C. Rf(C1 ) 0 05, FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 520
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
2-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethanol
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazohne (5 g) and ethanolamine (1 68 g) according to Example 40a, followed by crystallization from dichloromethane gives 2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn- 4-ylammo)-ethanol as a white powder melting at 173-177 °C Rf(A8) 0 26 Example 42: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-{[4-(2-hydroχy-1 -hvdroxymethyl- ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl>-cvclohexylmethylV-amιde The reaction of 2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-propane-1 ,3-diol (0.4 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.524 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) and crystallization from acetonitrile gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-hydroxy-1 -hydroxymethyl-ethylamιno)- qumazolm-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a white powder melting at 186- 88 °C Rf(C2) 0.24, FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 550
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
2-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-propane-1 ,3-dιol
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (9 g) and 2-amιno-1 ,3-propane-dιol (4.12 g) in methanol according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by crystallization from methanol gives 2-(2-chioro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-propane-1 ,3-dιol as a white powder melting at 185-186 °C Rf(A6) 0 17
Example 43- trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-{[4-(3-methoxy-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-
2-ylamιno]-methylV-cvclohexylmethylV-amιde
The reaction of 2-(2-chtoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(3-methoxy-propyl)-amιne (0.35 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyimethyl)-amιde (0 462 g) according to
Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-methoxy-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 82-85 °C Rf(C1) 0.20, FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 548.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
2-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-yl)-(3-methoxy-propyl)-amιne
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (9 g) and 3-methoxy-propylamιne (4.03 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, A4) gives 2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(3-methoxy-propyl)-amιne as a white powder melting at 89-90 °C Rf(A4) 0.20 Example 44- trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(2-hvdroxy-ethoxy)-ethylamιno]- quιnazolιn-2-ylamino>-methyl>-cvclohexylmethylFamide
The reaction of 2-[2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethoxy]-ethanol (0.4 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.497 g) according to
Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethylamιno]-quinazolin-2-ylamιno}-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl)~amιde as a powder melting at 90-92 °C. Rf(C1) 0.09; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=
564.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
2-f2-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethoxy1-ethanol
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazohne (9 g) and 2-(2-amιnoethoxy)-ethanol (4.75 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by crystallization from diethylether gives 2-[2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethoxy]-ethanol as a white powder melting at 108-109 °C. Rf(A8) 0.12.
Example 45: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-methylamιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- methylj-cvclohexylmethylVamide
The reaction of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-methyl-amιne (0.3 g) and traπs-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.515 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4- methylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a tan foam melting at 100-1 10 °C. Rf(C1) 0.16; FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 490.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-methyl-amιne
2,4-Dιchloro-quιnazolιne (22 g) in THF (330 ml) is treated with a 40% aqueous solution of methylamine (24.85 ml). Upon completion of the reaction (exothermic) the crude mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated in dioxane. Crystallization from water gives (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-methyl-amιne as a white powder melting at 212-214 °C Rf(A1) 0 41 Example 46 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid f4-[(4-dιmethylamιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- methyn-cyclohexylmethylVamide
The reaction of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-dιmethyl-amιne (0.3 g) and trans-naphthalene-1- sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (0.48 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4- dιmethylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl^amιde as a powder melting at 87-94 °C. Rf(C1) 0 32, FAB-MS- (M+H)+= 504.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-yl)-dιmethyl-amιne
2,4-Dιchloro-quιnazolιne (7 g) in THF (100 ml) is treated with a 40% aqueous solution of dimethylamine (1 1 .57 ml) Upon completion of the reaction (exothermic), concentration in vacuo, followed by aqueous work-up and chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane) (2- chloro-quιnazohn-4-yl)-dιmethyi-amιne is obtained as a powder melting at 112-1 14 °C. Rf (dichloromethane) 0.12
Example 47- trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-f(4-morpholιn-4-yl-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- methyl]-cvclohexylmethylV-amιde
The reaction of 2-chloro-4-morpholιn-4-yl-quιnazolιne (0.4 g) and trans-naphthatene-1- sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.533 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C4) gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4- morpholιn-4-yl-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 95-100 °C Rf(C6) 0.24; FAB-MS (M+H)+= 546
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
2-Chloro-4-morpholιn-4-yl-guιnazolιne
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-qumazolιne (9 g) and morpholine (3.93 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, A4) gives 2- chloro-4-morpholιn-4-yl-quιnazolιne as a white powder melting at 1 12-1 13 °C Rf(A4) 0.30 Example 48: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(4-methyl-piperazιn-1 -yl)-qumazolιn-2- yiaminol-methylV-cyclohexylmethylV-amide
The reaction of 2-chloro-4-(4-methyl-piperazιn-1 -yl)-quιnazolιne (1 g) and trans- naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (1.39 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B4) gives trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(4-methyl-pιperazin-1 -yl)-quinazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide as a powder melting at 103-107 °C. Rf(B4) 0.46; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 559.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
2-Chloro-(4-methoxy-pιpeπdιn-1 -yl)-quιnazolιne
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (10 g) and 1 -methylpιperazιne (6.14 ml) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B2) gives 2-chloro-4-(4-methyl-pιperazιn-1 -yl)-quιnazolιne as a powder melting at 83-84 °C. Rf(B2) 0.54.
Example 49: trans-N,N-Dimethyl-2-{2- {4-[(naphthalene-1-sulfonylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl>-amιnoV-quιnazolιn-4-ylamino)-acetamide
Figure imgf000091_0001
The reaction of 2-(2-chloro-quιπazolιn-4-ylamιno)-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde (1.5 g) and trans- naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (2.07 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B4) gives trans-N,N-dιmethyl-2-{2-{{4- [(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιπo)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιno}-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}- acetamide as a powder melting at 132-143 °C. Rf(Cl) 0.35; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 561 .
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
2-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (10 g) and 2-amιno-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde (5.64 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by trituration in boiling hexanes gives 2-(2-chloro-quιnazohn-4-ylamιno)-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde as a powder melting at 190-192 °C Rf(A1) 0.10.
Example 50: trans-N,N-Dιmethyl-2-{2-{ 4-f(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamιno)-methyll- cvclohexylmethyl>-amιnoV-guιnazohn-4-ylamιno -acetamιde
The reaction of 2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde (1 g) and trans- naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (1.38 g) according to
Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B4) gives traπs-N,N-dιmethyl-2-{2-{{4-
[(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιno}-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}- acetamide as a powder melting at 124-131 °C. Rf(B4) 0.56, ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 561
Example 51 : trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-pιperιdιn-1 -yl-ethylamino)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl>-amιde
The reaction of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-pιperιdιn-1 -yl-ethyl)-amιne (0 6 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.857 g) according to
Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-pιpeπdιn-1 -yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide as a powder melting at 116-120 °C Rf(C1) 0.20, ESI-MS (M+H)+= 587
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows.
2-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-N,N-dιmethyl-acetamιde The reaction of 2,4-dιchioro-quιnazolιne (9 g) and 2-pιperιdιno-ethylamιne (5.79 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B2) gives (2-chloro-quιnazolm-4-yl)-(2-pιperιdιn-1 -yl-ethyl)-amιne as a powder melting at 117-120 °C Rf(B2) 0.26
Example 52: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4- f4-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethylamιno)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιnol-methylV-cvclohexylmethvi -amιde
The reaction of (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethyi)-amιne (0 7 g) and trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0 994 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acιd {4-{[4-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide as a powder melting at 1 14-1 19 °C. Rf(C1 ) 0.18; ESI-MS: (M+H) += 589.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethyl)-amιne
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazohne (9 g) and 4-(2-amιnoethyl)-morpholιne (5 88 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives (2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethyl)-amιne as a powder melting at 106-108 °C Rf(C1) 0.31
Example 53 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4- [4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methylV-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde hydrochloride The reaction of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιπe (1.5 g) and traπs-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (2 35 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde as a powder melting at 130-140 °C Rf(C2) 0.22; ESI-MS (M+H)+= 561
The starting mateπal can be prepared, for example, as follows
N-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (10 g) and 3-dιmethylamιno-1-propylamιne (5.13 g) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B4 then B5) gives N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne as a powder melting at 64-72 °C Rf(B2) 0 10
Example 54 trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acιd 4-{f4-(2-dιmethylammo-ethylamιno - quιnazolιn-2-ylamιnol-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl}-amιde
A solution of N-(2-fluoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne (0 4 g) and trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0 682 g) in isopentylalcohol (50 ml) was heated to 80 °C for 4 h then concentrated in vacuo Aqueous work-up followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives traπs-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide as a powder melting at 96 °C. Rf (C2) 0.32; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 547. Analysis for C30H38N6O2S+O.5H2O: C 64.8%; H 7.1 %; N 15.1%; S 5.8%; O 7.2%, found: C 64.2%; H 6.9%; N 14.9%; S 5.6%; O 6.8%.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
N-(2-Fluoro-guιnazohn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne A solution of 2,4-difluoro-quinazohne (0.85 g) (prepared from 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne according to: Schroeder, H. etal. J. Org. Chem. 1962, 27, 2580) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (25 ml) is treated with a solution of 2-dιmethylamιnoethylamιne (0.84 ml) of in N,N- dimethylformamide (5 ml) at 0 °C. After completion of the reaction (0.25 h at 0 °C), the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, B2) to give N-(2-fluoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne as a powder melting at 103-106 °C. Rf(B2) 0.22.
Example 55: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- [4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)- guιnazolιn-2-ylamino]-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde
Reaction of N-(2-fluoro-quinazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne (1.26 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (2.14 g) according to Example 54 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1 ) and crystallization from isopropylether gives fraπs-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno- ethylamιno)-quinazohn-2-ylamino]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 112-1 15 °C Rf(C2) 0.40; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 547. Analysis for C3oH38N6θ2S-r0.5H2θ: C 64.8%; H 7.1%; N 15.1%; S 5.8%; O 7.2%, found- C 63.3%; H 7.0%; N 15.2%; S 5.5%; O 8 6%.
Example 56: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4-{[4-(2-dιethylamιno-ethylamιno)- gυιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde
A mixture of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochlonde (3 g), trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (3.48 g), dusopropylethylamine (4.9 ml) and phenol (13.4 g) is heated to 150 °C for 3 h to produce a melt The reaction mixture is taken up in dichloromethane, washed with a 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from isopropylether/isopropanol gives trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acιd {4-{[4-(2-dιethylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 160-162 °C Rf(C2) 0.38, ESI-MS (M+H)+= 575
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
N-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochlonde A suspension of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (30 g) in isopropanol (200 ml) is treated by dropwise addition of a solution of N,N-dιethylethylenedιamιne (23.3 ml) in isopropanol (50 ml) in an exothermic reaction The reaction mixture is cooled to 0 °C, the voluminous precipitate is collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo to give N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn- 4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochloride as a powder melting at 205-206 °C Rf(B2) 0.20
Example 57 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-1 ,1 -dιmethyl- ethylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl>-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde
Reaction of N(2)-(2-chloro-quιnazoiιn-4-yl)-2,N(1 ),N(1 )-trιmethyl-propane-1 ,2-dιamιne (0 6 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0 716 g) according to Example 56 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1) gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-1 ,1 -dιmethyl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 89-93 °C Rf(Cl ) 0.28, ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 575
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
N(2)-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-2 N(1 ),N(1 )-trιmethyl-propane-1 ,2-dιamιne The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (9 07 g) and 2-dιmethylamιno-1 ,1-dιmethyl- ethylamme (5.3 g) (prepared from 1 -dιmethylamιno-2-methyi-2-nιtropropaπe, see Johnson H G J Am Chem. Soc 1946, 68, 12 and Freifelder, M et al J Org Chem 1965, 30, 4370) according to the procedure described in Example 56a, followed by an aqueous sodium bicarbonate wash and chromatography (silica gel, B1 ) gives N(2)-(2-chloro quinazolin-4-yl)-2,N(1),N(1)-trimethyl-propane-1 ,2-diamine as a powder melting at 92-95 °C Rf(B1 ) 0.36.
Example 58: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- 4-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yll- ethylamino]-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl}-cvclohexylmethyll-amide The reaction of (2-chloro-quinazolin-4-yl)-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-amine (0.8 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (1.08 g) according to Example 40, followed by chromatography (silica gel, E2) gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-ethylamino]-quinazolin-2- ylamino}-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide as a powder melting at 107-1 10 °C. Rf(E2) 0.64; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 602.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
(2-Chloro-quinazolin-4-yl)-[2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-amine The reaction of 2,4-dichloro-quinazoline (7 g) and 2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-ethylamine (5.03 g)(Bull. Soc. Chim. France 1962, 556) according to the procedure described in Example 40a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B2) gives (2-chloro-quinazolin-4-yl)- [2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-ethyl]-amine as a powder melting at 58-60 °C. Rf(B2) 0.15.
Example 59: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4- [4-(3-diethylamino-propylamino)- quinazolin-2-ylamino1-methylFcvclohexylmethyl)-amide
Reaction of N-(2-chloro-quinazolin-4-yl)-N',N'-diethyl-propane-1 ,3-diamine hydrochloride (2 g) and fraπs-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (2.22 g) according to Example 56 followed by crystallization from isopropylether/isopropanol gives frans-naphthaiene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-diethylamino-propylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide as a powder melting at 135-136 °C. Rf(C2) 0.19; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 589.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
N-(2-Chloro-quinazolin-4-yl)-N',N'-diethyl-propane-1 ,3-diamine hydrochloride
The reaction of 2,4-dichloro-quinazoline (30 g) and N,N-diethyl-1 ,3-diamino-propane (26.1 ml) according to the procedure described in Example 56a, followed by crystallization from isopropylether/isopropanol gives N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1 ,3- diamme as a powder melting at 163-164 °C Rf(C2) 0.32
Example 60: trans-Propane-2-sulfonιc acιd {4-{f4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-guιnazolιn- 2-ylamιno]-methylFcvclohexylmethyl -amιde
A solution of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.3 g) and dusopropylethylamine (0.39 ml) in N,N- dimethylformamide is treated with a solution of isopropylsulfonylchloπde (0.125 ml) in acetonitrile. Upon completion of the reaction, the solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, C2) to give traπs-propane-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{[4-(3- dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a yellow powder melting at 50-53 °C. Rf(C2) 0.27; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 505.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
trans-N(2)-(4-Amιπomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιethylamιno-propyl)-quιnazohne-2,4- diamine
A mixture of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne (3 g) and trans-
1 ,4-cyclohexane-bιs-(methylamιne) (6.48 g) (Lancaster, >98% trans) as a paste is heated up for 3 minutes to produce a melt Chromatography (silica gel, C3) gives trans-N(2)-(4- amιnomethyl-cyctohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-diethylamιno-propyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne as a glass Rf(C3) 0.15; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 399
Example 61 : trans-4-Methyl-pιperazιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{f4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-methyl}-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde
The reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.3 g) and 4-methyl-pιperazιn-1 -ylsulfonylchloπde hydrochloride (0.212 g) (W092/13545) as described in Example 60 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans-4-methyl-pιperazιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a yellow powder melting at 75-77 °C Rf(C2) 0.29; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 561 . Example 62: traπs-N- 4-{f4-(3-Dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl>- cyc ohexylmethylV-C-phenylmethanesulfonamide
The reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.3 g) and phenylmethanesulfonylchlonde (0.172 g) as described in Example 60 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans-N-{4-{[4-(3- dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-C- phenylmethanesulfonamide as a white powder melting at 62-63 °C Rf(C2) 0.23; ESI-MS (M+H)+= 553
Example 63 trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acιd {4- [4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)- guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl -cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
The reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιmethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0 4 g) and naphthalene-2-sulfonylchlorιde (0 367 g) as described in Example 60 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans-naphthalene-2- sulfonic acιd {4-{[4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 83-86 °C Rf(C2) 0 34, ESI-MS (M+H)+= 561
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
trans-N(2)-(4-Amιnomethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιmethylamιno-propyl)-guιnazolιne-
2,4-dιamιne
Reaction of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne (2.5 g) and trans- ,4-cyclohexane-bιs-(methylamιne) (5.9 g) according to Example 60a followed by chromatography (silica gel, C3) gives trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3- dιmethylamιno-propyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne as a foam Rf(C3) 0.24
Example 64 trans-N- 4-{[4-(3-Dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-ouιnazolιn-2-ylammo1-methyl}- cyclohexylmethvH-4-fluoro-benzenesulfonamιde
The reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιmethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.4 g) and 4-fiuoro-benzenesulfonylchlorιde (0 315 g) as described in Example 60 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans-N-{4-{[4-(3- dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-fluoro- benzenesulfonamide as a powder melting at 74-79 °C Rf(C2) 0.30, ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 529.
Example 65: trans-N(4)-(3-Dιmethylamιno-propyl)-N(2)-{4-[(2-methoxy-benzylamιno)- methvn-cvclohexylmethyl>-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne
Reaction of trans-N (2)-(4-ammomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(3-dιmethylamιno-propyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.5 g) and 2-methoxy-benzylbromιde (0.462 g) (Kelly, J. L. et alJ. Med Chem. 1989, 32, 1757) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (11 ml) in the presence of dusopropylethylamine (0.693 ml) at ambient temperature followed by chromatography (silica gel, C3) gives trans-N(4)-(3-dιmethylamιno-propyl)-N(2)-{4-[(2-methoxy-benzylamιno)- methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-quιπazolιne-2,4-dιamιne as a foam melting at 134-140 °C Rf(C3) 0 28, ESI-MS: ( +H)+= 491.
Example 66- trans-f2-{2-{ 4-f(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethylF amιno)guιnazohn-4-ylamιno>-ethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester
HN — NHB°C
Figure imgf000099_0001
An homogeneous mixture of [2-(2-chloro-quιπazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethyl]-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester (0.5 g) and of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl- methyl)-amιde (0.463 g) is stirred at 200 °C. Upon completion of the reaction the product is chromatographed (silica gel, B2) to give trans-{2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)- methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιno}quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}-ethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a powder melting at 123-127 °C. Rf(B2) 0.32; ESI-MS (M+H)+= 619
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
[2-(2-Chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (3.72 g) and N-BOC-ethylenediamine (3 g) according to the procedure described in Example 56a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, A1 ) gives [2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a white foam. Rf(A1 ) 0.36.
Example 67: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid 4- f4-(2-amιno-ethylammo)-guιnazolιn-2- ylamιno1-methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl}-amιde
A solution of frans-{2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- aminotøuinazolin^-ylamino^ethyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.52 g) in dichloromethane (20 ml) is cooled to 0 °C and treated by slow addition of trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml). Upon completion of the reaction, the solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is chromatographed (silica gel, C3) to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4- (2-amιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a foam melting at 125-130 °C. Rf(C3) 0.54, ESI-MS (M+H)+= 519.
Example 68: trans-4-{2-{2- {4-f(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyll-cvclohexylmethylF amιno -guιnazolιn-4-ylamιno>-ethylV-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
The reaction of 4-[2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethyl]-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (0.45 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.349 g) according to the procedure described in Example 66, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B2) gives trans-4-{2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-1 - sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιno>-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}-ethyl}-pιperazιne-1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester as a foam melting at 115-120 °C. Rf(B2) 0.29, ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 689
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
4-[2-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-ylamιno)-ethvn-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (1 73 g) and 4-(2-amιno-ethyl)-pιperazιne-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2 g) (prepared from 1-(2-amιnoethyl)-pιperazιne according to Prugh, J D et al Synth. Comm 1992, 22, 2357) according to the procedure described in Example 56a, followed by chromatography (silica gel, B1) gives 4-[2-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4- ylamιno)-ethyl]-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester as a foam Rf(B1 ) 0 19 Example 69 trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid |4-{[4-(2-pιperazιn-1 -yl-ethylamino)- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιnol-methylr-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
Treatment of trans-4-{2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amιno}-quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}-ethyl}-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.396 g) with trifluoroacetic acid according to Example 67 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C3) gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-pιperazιn-1-yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn- 2-ylamιno]-methyl>-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde melting at 135-139 °C. Rf(C3) 0.50; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 588
Example 70. trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-r(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)-methyl- amιno1-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl)-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde
The reaction of trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)- N(4)-methyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0 3 g) and naphthalene-1 -sulfonylchlorιde (0.275 g) as described in Example 60 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C1 ) gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-[(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)-methyl-amιno]-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde as a powder melting at 70-72 °C. Rf(Cl ) 0.15; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 561
The starting mateπal can be prepared, for example, as follows-
a) N-(2-Chloro-guιnazolιn-4-yl)-N,N',N'-trιmethyl-ethane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde
The reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-quιnazolιne (15 g) and N.N.N'-tπmethylethyenediamine (7.7 g) according to the procedure described in Example 56a, followed by crystallization from isopropanol gives N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N,N',N'-trιmethyl-ethane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde as a white powder melting at 163-165 °C Rf(B2) 0.60
b) trans-N(2)-(4-Amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)-N(4)-methyl- guιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne
Reaction of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N,N',N'-trιmethyl-ethane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde (1 4 g) and trans- . ,4-cyclohexane-bιs-(methylamιne) (3.3 g) according to Example 60a followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) gives trans-N(2)-(4-amιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)-N(4)-methyl-quιnazoiιne-2,4-dιamιne as an oil Rf(C2) 0 06 Example 71 : trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid !4-{r4-amino-quinazolin-2-vπ-methyl-amino]- methyll-cvclohexylmethvD-amide hydrochloride
Reaction of 2-chloro-quinazolin-4-yl-amine (0.267 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylaminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (0.515 g) according to Example 56 gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-amino-quinazolin-2-yl]-methyl-amino]-methyl}~ cyclohexy!methyl}-amide hydrochloride melting at 175-180 °C. Rf(C1) 0.62; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 490.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans-4-f(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cvclohexanecarbonyl chloride
A suspension of trans-4-[(naphthalene-1-sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexaπecarboxylic acid (45 g) (prepared as described in Example 38a) in toluene (550 ml) is treated with oxalylchloride (33.4 ml) and 2 drops of N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is stirred at 70 °C for 2 h and the resulting solution is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is stirred in toluene (200 ml) and cooled to 0 °C. The solids are collected by suction filtration and dried in vacuo at 50 °C to give trans-4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride as a white powder melting at 140-142 °C.
b) traπs-4-f (Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cvclohexanecarboxylic acid methylamide A mixture of trans-4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (42.5 g) and potassiumcarbonate (17.66 g) in dichloromethane (1.2 I) and water (120 ml) is cooled to 5 °C and treated with 1 1 ml of a methylamine solution (40% in water). Upon completion (30 min at 5 °C) the reaction mixture is partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organics are concentrated in vacuo to give trans-4-[(naphthalene-1- sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methylamide as a white powder melting at 176-177 °C.
c) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylaminomethyl-cvc!ohexylmethv!)-amide Reaction of trans-4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methylamide (0.83 g) with borane-THF complex according to Example 5c gives trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methy!amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde as a white powder melting at 141 -142 °C Rf(C2) 0.14
Example 72: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-f(4-amιno-6-fluoro-quιnazolιn-2-yl-amino)- methyl]-cvclohexylmethylFamιde
Reaction of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne (0.26 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1- sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.437 g) according to
Example 26 gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-fluoro-quιnazolιn-2-yl- amιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde melting at 118-122 °C. Rf(C1) 0.22; ESI-MS-
(M+H)+= 494
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
2-Chloro-6-fluoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne
Reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-6-fluoro-quιnazolιne (3 g) (WO 95/32205) and ammonium hydroxide according to Example 25a gives 2-chloro-6-fluoro-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amme melting at 165-167 °C Rf(A5) 0.13
Example 73: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-methoxy-quιnazo!ιn-2-yl- amino)-methyl1-cyclohexyimethyl}-amide hydrochlonde
Reaction of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne (0.5 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.793 g) according to Example 24 gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl- ammo)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde melting at 210-212 °C Rf(C1) 0 11 ; ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 506
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
2-Chloro-6-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne
Reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-6-methoxy-quιnazolιne (1.3 g) and ammonium hydroxide according to Example 25a gives 2-chloro-6-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne melting at 167-171 °C
Rf(A1 ) 0.24 Example 74 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-f(4-amιno-5-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl- amιno)-methyll-cvclohexylmethyl>-amιde hydrochlonde
Reaction of 2-chloro-5-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne (0 25 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 - sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (0.397 g) according to Example 24 gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-5-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl- amιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde melting at 238-241 °C. Rf(C1 ) 0.1 1 ; ESI-MS- (M+H)+= 506.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
2-Chloro-5-methoxy-guιnazohn-4-yl-amιne
Reaction of 2,4-dιch!oro-5-methoxy-quιnazoiιne (0 8 g) and ammonium hydroxide according to Example 25a gives 2-chloro-5-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl-amιne melting at 220-230 °C
Rf(A1) 0.24.
Example 75: frans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-8- methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-methyl}-cyclohexylmethylV-amιde
Reaction of N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne (1 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (1.42 g) accordmg to Example 56 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2) and crystallization from isopropylether/isopropanol gives frans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2- dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexyimethyl}- amide melting at 112-115 °C Rf (C2) 0.36; ESI-MS (M+H)+= 578
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
N-(2-Chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1.2-dιamιne Reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιne (10 g ) and 2-dιmethylamιnoethylamιne (4 76 ml) according to Example 40a gives N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιπazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'- dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne melting at 176-178 °C Rf(B2) 0.24
Example 76 trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4- ,4-(2-dιethv!amιno-ethylamιno)-8- methoxy-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde Reaction of N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochloride (2g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (2 12 g) according to Example 56 gives trans-naphthalene-1 - sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιethylamιno-ethylamιno)-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde melting at 109-1 14 °C. Rf(C2) 0 44, ESI-MS: (M+H)+= 605.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
N-(2-Chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N'1N'-dιethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochlonde Reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιne (25 g) and 2-dιethylamιnoethylamιne(18.9 ml) according to Example 56a gives N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl- ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne hydrochlonde melting at 189-190 °C. Rf(C2) 0.53
Example 77: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{f4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-8- methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-methyl>-cvclohexylmethylV-amιde hydrochlonde Reaction of N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde (2 g) and trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-methylamιnomethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (2 03 g) according to Example 56 followed by chromatography (silica gel, C2), treatment with a 4N HCl solution in dioxane and trituration of the crude material in isopropylether gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno- propylamιno)-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde melting at 155 °C. Rf(C2) 0.30, ESI-MS. (M+H)+= 619
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
N-(2-Chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde Reaction of 2,4-dιchloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιne (25 g) and 3-dιethylamιnopropylamιne (18 9 ml) according to Example 56a gives N-(2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N ,N'-dιethyl- propane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochlonde melting at 166-172 °C Rf(C2) 0 28
Example 78: trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[4-amιno-ouιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cvclohexylmethylj-methyl-amide hydrochlonde
Figure imgf000106_0001
A solution of 4-amino-2-chloroquinazoline (0.259 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-methyl-amide (0.5 g) in isopentanol (7.5 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 19 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography to give trans-naphthalene- 1- sulfonic acid {4-[4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-methyl-amide hydrochloride as a colorless amorphous solid: Rf(B2) 0.32; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 490.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) frans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-hvdroxymethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-amide
To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (4.72 g) in THF (100 ml) is added under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen a solution of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-aminomethyl]- cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (28.8 g) in THF (60 ml) below 10 °C. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h and is then refluxed for 15 h. After cooling to 0 °C, a mixture of THF (100 ml) and water (10 ml) is added followed by aqueous 1 N NaOH solution (15 ml) and the resulting suspension is stirred at room temperature for 2 h. After the addition of magnesium sulfate (40 g) and Celite (20 g) the inorganic salts are removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated and the crude product is purified by recrystallization from THF- isopropyl ether to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-hydroxymethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amide as white crystals, melting at 134-145 °C: Rf(A1) 0.25.
b) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid f4-(tetrahvdro-pyran-2-yloxymethyl)-cvclohexylmethvH- amide
To a stirred suspension of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-hydroxymethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-amide (10 g) in dichloromethane (80 ml) is added 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (2.85 ml) and p-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (57 mg) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 30 min, potassium carbonate (5 g) is added and the resulting suspension is stirred for 5 min. The reaction mixture is diluted with dichloromethane (150 ml), washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo The crude product is purified by recrystallization from ether-hexane to obtain traπs-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxymethyl)- cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde as white crystals melting at 126-127 °C Rf (A1) 0 64
c) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid methyl-[4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxymethyl)- cyc ohexylmethvn-amide
To a stirred solution of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2- yloxymethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde (11.0 g) in DMF (60 ml) is added sodium hydride (1.26 g, ca 60 %) at room temperature over a period of 5 mm After stirring at room temperature for 40 mm, methyl iodide (1.97 ml) is added in a dropwise manner over 10 mm. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure The residue is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and extracted with ethyl acetate The combined extracts are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization from ether-hexane gives trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid methyl-[4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxymethyl)- cyclohexyimethyl]-amιde as colorless crystals melting at 91-91 °C Rf(A3) 0.29
d) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-hydroxymethyl-cvc!ohexylmethyl)-methyl-amιde To a stirred suspension of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid methyl-[4-(tetrahydro-pyran-2- yloxymethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde (10.0 g) in a mixture of methanol (80 ml) and THF (40 ml) is added p-toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (0.13 g) at room temperature After stirring at room temperature for 26 h, potassium carbonate (5 g) is added and the resulting mixture is stirred for 10 mm The inorganic salts are filtered off and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure Recrystallization from THF-hexane yields trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4- hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-methyl-amιde as colorless crystals melting at 124-125 °C Rf (A1 ) 0 28
e) trans-Toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-{[methyl-(naphthalene-1 -sulfonvD-aminol-methyl}- cvclohexylmethyl ester
To a stirred solution of trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-hydroxymethyl-cycloexylethyl)- methyl-amide (7 6 g) in dichloromethane (100 ml) is added triethyl amme (5 63 ml) To the mixture is added p-toluene sulfonyl chloride (4.8 g) and 4-dιethylamιno-pyπdιne (0 27 g) at room temperature. The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 6 h and then, is poured into water. The mixture is extracted with dichloromethane. The extract is washed with 1 N HCl and aqueous saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give trans- toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-{[methyl-(naphthalene-1 -sulfonyl)-amιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl ester as an oil: Rf( A1) 0.57
f) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-azιde-methyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-methyl-amιde
To a solution of traπs-toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-{[methyl-(naphthalene-1-sulfonyl)-amιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl ester (10.9 g) in DMF (100 ml) is added sodium azide (4.94 g) at room temperature. The mixture is stirred at 60°C for 15 h. After cooling to room temperature, DMF is removed under reduced pressure. To the residue is added 150 ml of water and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract is washed with brine and is dried over sodium sulfate The solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (hexane-ethyl acetate = 4/1) to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-azιde-methyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-methyl-amιde as an oil Rf (A3) 0.33, FAB-MS (M+H)+ = 373.
g) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cvclohexytmethyl)-methyl-amιde To a solution of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-azιde-methyl-cyclohexylmethyl)- methyl-amide (2.5 g) in ethyl acetate (75 ml) is added platιnum(IV)-oxιde (0.25 g) and the mixture is stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 35 m . The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure The crude product is purified by recrystallization from ether-hexane to give trans- naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-methyl-amιde as colorless crystals melting at 84-86 °C Rf(B4) 0.16.
Example 79- trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid methy!-{4-[4-phenylamιno-quιnazo!ιn-2- ylamιno)-methyl]-cvclohexylmethylFamιde hydrochlonde
According to the procedure described in Example 78, 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-quιnazohne (0 369 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-methyl- amide (0 5 g) are reacted together to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid methyl-{4-[4- phenylamιno-quιnazoiιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochlonde as a colorless amorphous solid Rf(B2) 0.36; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 566
Example 80- trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-11 -(4-amιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylammo)-1 - methyl-ethyllcvclohexylmethylFamide hydrochloride
A solution of 4-amιno-2-chloroquιnazolme (0.249g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid [4-(1-amιno-methyl-ethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde (0.5 g) in iso-pentanol (7.5 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 1 1 days. After removal of the solvent the residue is purified by flash chromatography to give trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[1 -(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno)-1-methyl-ethyl]cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde hydrochloride as an amorphous solid: Rf(B2) 0.21 ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 504.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows-
a) trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-cyano-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde
To a stirred suspension of trans-4-[(1 -naphthalenesulfonyl)-amιnomethyl]-cyclo- hexanecarboxylic acid amide (20 g) in toluene (225 ml) is added thionyl chloride (6.28 ml) at room temperature and the reaction mixture is stirred at 80°C for 8 h The reaction mixture is poured into ice-water (300 ml) and the solution is made alkaline with 4N aqueous NaOH (50 ml) before it is extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts are washed with 1 % aqueous sodium carbonate solution and water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by recrystallization from isopropanol to give trans- naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-cyano-cyciohexylmethyl)-amιde as colorless crystals, melting at 146-148 °C Rf(A1) 0.56.
b) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid f4-(1-amιno-methyl-ethyl)-cvclohexylmethyl]-amιde To a stirred suspension of anhydrous cesium trichloride (14.99 g) in THF (125 ml) is added a solution of methyl lithium - lithium bromide complex in diethyl ether (40 ml) below -65 °C After stirring at -78 °C for 30 mm, a solution of trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-cyano- cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde (5 g) in THF is added to the mixture in a dropwise manner. The mixture is stirred at -78 °C for 5 h and at -40 °C for 16 h. Upon completion, the reaction mixture is quenched with 28% aqueous ammonia (30 ml) and the mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and is then filtered through Celite The filtrate is washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(1 -amιπo- methyl-ethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde as a powder FAB-MS (M+H)+= 361
Example 81. trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[1 -methy -1 -(4-phenylamιno-guιnazolιn- 2-ylamιno)-ethyll-cvclohexylmethyl)-amιde hydrochlonde
According to the procedure described in Example 80, 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-quιnazohne (0.33 g) and frans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(1 -ammo-methyl-ethyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]- amide (0.465 g) are reacted together to give trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[1-methyl- 1-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-ethyl]-cyclohexylmethyl)-amιde hydrochlonde as an amorphous solid Rf (B2) 0.35; FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 580
Example 82: trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-r(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno) methyll- cyclohexylV-amide hydrochloride
A suspension of 4-amιno-2-chloro-quιnazolιne (0.359 g) and trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-amιde (0.637 g) in isopentyl alcohol (4 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 21 h. The cooled reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo Xo give a solid which is triturated with dioxane, filtered and then dried overnight under high vacuum to give trans naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno) methyl]-cyclohexyl}-amιde hydrochloride as an amorphous solid melting at 209-212 °C Rf(C5) 0 47, ESI-MS (M+H)+=462
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans-[4-(Naphthalene-2-sulfonylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester A solution of naphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride (5.12 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (30 ml) is added dropwise to a milky solution of trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester (5.08 g) (Example 58b) and ethyldiisopropylamine (4.7 ml) in N,N- dimethylformamide (100 ml) at 0°C The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5.5 h and then concentrated in vacuo The residue is taken up in dichloromethane and washed with 0 5N aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (B1) yields trans-[4- (naphthalene-2-sulfonylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a tan foam. Rf(B1) 0.40; ESI-MS: (M-H)-=417.
b) trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acιd (4-aminomethyl-cvclohexyl)-amιde A solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (50 ml) is added dropwise over 20 mm to a yellow solution of trans-[4-(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (8.43 g) in dichloromethane (50 ml) at 0 °C. Methanol (10 ml) and additional 4N HCl in dioxane (35 ml) are added after 6 h. The reaction mixture is worked up after 21 h by concentrating in vacuo. The residue is taken up in 1 N aqueous NaOH and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give an oil. Dilution with hexanes followed by cooling (-20 °C) overnight and then filtration gives trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)- a ide as a solid. Rf(C2) 0.1 1 ; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=319.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 83: trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4-{f4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-gumazolιn-2- ylamino]-methy!)~cvclohexyl)-amide hydrochloride
Rf(C5) 0.57; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=572, 574.
Example 84: trans Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-f(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno) methyl]- cvclohexylFamide
A suspension of 4-amιno-2-chloro-quιnazolιne (0.359 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-amιde (0.637 g) isopentanol (4 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 21 h. The cooled reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue. Chromatography on silica gel (B7) gives trans naphthaleπe-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno) methyl]-cyclohexyl}-amide as a solid. Rf(C5) 0.43; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=462.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans-[4-(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-cvclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester A solution of naphthalene- 1 -sulfonyl chloride (5.18 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (30 ml) is added dropwise to a milky solution of trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert- butyl ester (5 05 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (4 7 ml) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (100 ml) at 0°C The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in dichloromethane and washed with 0 5N aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated The residue is diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered and washed with hexanes to give trans-[4-(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a white powder Rf(B1 ) 0.39, ESI-MS: (M-H)=417
b) trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cvclohexyl)-amιde A solution of 4N HCl in dioxane (50 ml) is added dropwise over 20 mm to a yellow solution of trans-[4-(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (7 90 g) in dichloromethane (45 ml) at 0 °C Methanol (10 ml) and additional 4N HCl in dioxane (35 ml) are added after 6 h The reaction mixture is worked up after 21 h by concentrating in vacuo The residue is taken up in 1 N aqueous NaOH and extracted with dichloromethane The combined organic layers are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give an oil. Dilution with hexanes followed by cooling (-20 °C) overnight and then filtration gives trans-naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)- amide as a solid. Rf(C2) 0.08, ESI-MS: (M+H)+=319
Example 85: trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acιd {4-f(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2- ylammo) methyl]-cvclohexyl>-amιde
A suspension of 4-amιno-2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιne (0 419 g) and traπs-naphthalene- 2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-amιde (0 637 g) in isopentanol (4 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 47 h The cooled reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue Dichloromethane and 1 N aqueous NaOH are added, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 19 h The suspension is filtered and the phases separated The aqueous phase is re-extracted with dichloromethane The combined organic layers are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated The residue is chromatographed on silica gel (B6-B8) to give trans naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl- amιno)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-amιde as a beige solid melting at 202-205 °C Rf(C5) 0.32, ESI- MS (M+H)+=492 In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared
Example 86: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-{f4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2- ylam nol-methy V-cvclohexyO-amide
Rf(C5) 0.52, ESI-MS (M+H)+=572, 574
Example 87: trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-guιnazolιn-2- ylammo) methyl]-cvclohexyl}-amιde hydrochlonde
A suspension of 4-amιno-2-chloro-8-methoxy-quιnazolιne (0 419 g) and trans-naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-amιde (0.637 g) in isopentyl alcohol (4 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 47 h The cooled reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give a solid which is triturated with dioxane The suspension is filtered, the filtrate re-concentrated and the resulting residue chromatographed on silica gel (B2-B8) to give trans naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylammo) methyl] -cyclohexyl}-amιde hydrochlonde as a light yellow solid Rf(C5) 0.28; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=492
Example 88- trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-{f4-(2-dimethylamino-ethy!amino)- guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-methyl>-cyclohexyl)-amιde
A suspension of N-(2-chloro-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιmethyl-ethane-1 ,2-dιamιne (0.574 g), trans-naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-amιde (0.764 g), ethyldiisopropylamine (1.02 ml) and phenol (2.82 g) is stirred at 150°C for 8 h The cooled reaction mixture is diluted with dichloromethane and 1 N aqueous NaOH and the phases separated The aqueous phase is re-extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (B6-B8) gives trans naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid (4-{[4-(2-dι- methylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexyl)-amιde as a light yellow foam Rf(C5) 0.28, ESI-MS: (M+H) +=533
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared Example 89: trans Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)- Quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-methviy-cyclohexyl)-amιde
Rf(C5) 0.14, ESI-MS: (M+H)+=533
Example 90. trans-N-{4-[(4-Phenylamιno-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)]-cvclohexylmethylHN.N- dimethylaminol-sulfonamide hydrochlonde
A solution of trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolme dihydro¬ chloride (0.35 g) and dusopropylethylamine (0.7 ml) in dichloromethane (10 ml) is cooled to 0 °C and treated with dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (0.3 ml) After stirring at room temperature for 20 h, the reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is triturated with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, filtered and the dried residue is chromatographed (silica gel, B1 ) to give the product as an oil It is taken up in methanol and treated at 0 °C with 4N HCl in dioxane. Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from isopropanol and diethyl ether yields trans-N-{4-[(4-phenylamιno-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno)]- cyclohexylmethyl}-(N,N-dιmethylamιno)-sulfonamιde hydrochlonde as white crystals melting at 230-234 °C. Rf(D1) 0 37, FAB-MS (M+H)+= 455
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) trans-14-(tert.-Butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamιc acιd benzylester
To a stirred suspension of trans-4-(tert.-butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexanecarboxyhc acid (obtained according to: FR 2,701 ,480) (45 g) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (44 ml) in toluene (600 ml) is added triethylamine (32 ml) below 0 °C over a period of 20 m . The mixture is slowly warmed up and stirred at 70 °C for 4 h After cooling to 40 °C, benzyl alcohol (36 ml) is added and the reaction mixture is heated at reflux for 20 h The cold reaction mixture is washed with water and brine and dried over magnesium sulfate Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from ethyl acetate and diethyl ether yields trans-\4-(tert -butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamιc acid benzylester as colorless crystals, melting at 126 - 129 °C Rf(A7) 0 47
b) frans-(4-Amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert -butyl ester A solution of {4-(tert -butoxycarbonylamιnomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamιc acid benzylester (4 g) in methanol (200 ml) is hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on charcoal 10% (0.7 g) at ambient temperature and pressure. The catalyst is removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to yield and trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert - butyl ester as a colorless oil, Rf(D1 ) 0.12
c^ trans-r4-(4-Phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethyll-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester hydrochlonde
A solution of 2-chloro-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne (9.72 g) and trans-(4-amιno-cyclo- hexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert -butyl ester (10 1 g) in isopentylalcohol (150 ml) is stirred at 120 °C for 20 h The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature and the product is collected by suction filtration Crystallization from isopropanol yields trans-[4-(4- phenylammo-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester hydrochlonde as a colorless crystals melting at 161 - 163 °C, Rf(D1) 0.44
d) trans-4-(Amιnomethyl-cvclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-guιnazolιne dihydrochloride A suspension of trans-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride (6.8 g) in chloroform (50 ml) is treated with a 4 N HCl solution in dioxane (20 ml) at 0 °C After completion, the reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is recrystallized from isopropanol to yield trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclo- hexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne dihydrochloride as white crystals melting at 326 - 330 °C The dihydrochloride salt is taken up in a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and dichloromethane After extraction with ethyl acetate, the combined phases are dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyciohexylamιπo)- 4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιπe as a light yellow oil. Rf(G1) 0.04 FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 348
Example 91 trans-N-(4-{[4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)amιno]-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno>- cvclohexylmethyl)-(N,N-dιmethylamιno)-sulfonamιde hydrochlonde According to the procedure described in Example 90, trans-4-(amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl- amιno)-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)amιno-quιnazolιne dihydrochloride (0 36 g), dusopropylethyl¬ amine (0 6 ml) and dimethylsulfamoy! chloride (0.2 ml) are reacted together to give traπs-N- (4-{[4-(4-chloro-phenyl)amιno]-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno}-cyclohexylmethyl)-(N,N-dι- methylamιno)-sulfonamιde hydrochloride as a white powder melting at 206-212 °C- Rf(H1 ) 0 44, ESI-MS: (M+H)+=489
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 92: trans-N-(4-{[4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)amιno]-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno>- cvclohexylmethylHN,N-dιmethylamιno)-sulfonamιde hydrochlonde
167-169 °C- Rf(H1) 0.46, FAB-MS: (M+H)+=503.
Example 93: trans-N-{4-[4-(Cvclopropylmethylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno}- cyclohexylmethvQ-methanesulfonamide hydrochlonde
258-262 °C Rf(D1 ) 0.35
Example 94: trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-cvclohexylmethylV- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
According to the procedure described in Example 78, 2-chloro-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-amιno- qumazoline (8.7 g), dhsopropylethylamine (6 ml) and trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (8 4 g) are reacted together to give trans-{4-[4-(4-chloro- phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as white crystals melting at 235-238 °C. Rf(H1 ) 0.42.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 95: traπs-{4-,4-(Cvclopropylammo)-8-methoxy-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- cyclohexy methyiy-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
224-227 °C. Rf(H1 ) 0.46
Example 96 trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-cvclohexylmethylF acetamide hydrochlonde A solution of trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne dihydrochloride (0 955 g) and dusopropylethylamine (1 ml) in 25 ml of dichloromethane is cooled to 0 °C and treated with acetic anhydride (0 28 ml) After stirring for 1 h at room temperature, the reaction mixture is diluted with aqueous potassium carbonate and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined extracts are dried and concentrated in vacuo The residue is taken up in methanol and treated at 0 °C with a 4 N HCl in dioxane. Concentration in vacuo followed by crystallization from ethanol and acetonitrile yields trans- {4-[4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl}-acetamιde hydrochlonde as white crystals melting at 300-304 °C Rf(H1 ) 0.32
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
traπs-4-(Amιnomethyl-cvclohexyl)-4-(4-chloro-phenyl-quιπazolιn-2,4-dιamιne dihydrochloride
According to the procedure described in Example 90b trans-{4-[4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)- quιnazolιne-2-ylamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl>-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester hydrochlonde (2.44 g) and 5N HCl solution in isopropanol (20 ml) are reacted together to give trans-(4- amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne dihydrochloride as an amorphous solid Rf(H1) 0.14, ESI-MS: (M+H)+ = 382, 384
Example 97 trans-{4-f4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-cvclohexylmethyl - benzamide hydrochlonde
According to the procedure described in Example 94 trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-4-(4- chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne dihydrochloride (0.32 g), dusopropyl¬ ethylamine (0.26 g) and benzoic anhydride (0.26 g) are reacted together to give rrans-{4-[4- (4-chloro-phenylammo)-qumazolιn-2-ylamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl}-benzamιde hydrochlonde as white crystals melting at 245-248 °C. Rf(H1 ) 0.23, ESI-MS (M+H)+ = 486, 488
Example 98 trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-cvclohexylmethyl>-2- methoxy-benzamide hydrochlonde
According to the procedure described in Example 78, 2-chloro-4-(4 ch!oro-phenyl)-amιno- quinazohne (0 725 g), dusopropylethylamine (0 51 ml) and trans-(4-amιno-cyclo- hexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-benzamιde (0 656 g) are reacted together to give trans-{4-[4-(4- chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-methoxy-benzamide hydrochloride as light yellow crystals melting at 242-245 °C: Rf(H1 ) 0.43, ESI-MS: (M+H)+ 516, 418.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans- -Aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid benzylester hydrochloride According to the procedure described in Example 90b, trans-[4-(tert.-butoxycarbonyl- aminomethyl)-cyclohexyl]-carbamic acid benzylester (49 g) and 4N HCl solution in dioxane (20 ml) are reacted together to give trans-(-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-carbamic acid benzylester hydrochloride as white crystals melting at 194-197 °C: Rf(G1) 0.10.
b) {4-f(2-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-methyl1-cvclohexyl)-carbamic acid benzylester According to the procedure described in Example 93, trans-(-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)- carbamic acid benzylester hydrochloride (6.0 g), dusopropylethylamine (8.5 ml) and 2- methoxy-benzoylchloride (2.7 ml) are reacted together to give {4-[(2-methoxy- benzoylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl]~carbamic acid benzylester as white crystals melting at 150-152 °C: Rf(A7) 0.30.
c) trans-4-(Amino-cyclohexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-benzamide
A suspension of {4-[(2-methoxy-benzoylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-carbamic acid benzylester (5.75 g) and 10% Pd/C (0.5 g) in methanol (300 ml) is hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure at room temperature for 6 h. The catalyst is filtered off over Celite and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give frans-4-(amino-cyclohexylmethyl)-2- methoxy-benzamide as white crystals melting at 59-61 °C: Rf(G1 ) 0.06.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 99: N-trans-{4-f4-(Cvclopropylmethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- cvclohexylmethyl -2-methoxy-benzamide hydrochloride
182-184 °C, Rf(H1) 0.41 , ESI-MS: (M+H)+ = 460. Example 100 trans-4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-2-(4-methylamιnomethyl-cvclohexyl)- guιnazolιne-2,4-dιamme
To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (2.5 g) in THF is added under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen a solution of trans-{4-[4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (2 41 g) in THF (60 ml) below 10 °C The mixture is heated at reflux for 5 h. After cooling to 0 °C, a mixture of THF and water is added followed by aqueous 4N NaOH solution and water The resulting suspension is stirred for 1 h at room temperature. After the addition of magnesium sulfate and Celite the inorganic salts are removed by filtration The filtrate is concentrated and the crude product is purified by chromatography (silica gel, B2-B5) to give trans-4-(4-chloro- phenylamιno)-2-(4-methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne as an amorphous solid Rf(D2) 0.36, ESI-MS (M+H)+ = 396, 398
Example 101 trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιnol-cvcloheχylmethylF
N-methyl-acetamide
According to the procedure described in Example 96, trans-4-(4-chloro-phenylamιno)-2-(4- methylamιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0 2 g), dusopropylethylamine (0.12 g) and acetic anhydride (0.06 g) are reacted together to yield trans-{4-[4-(4-chloro- phenylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-yiamιno]-cyclohexylmethyl}-N-methyl-acetamιde as an amorphous solid Rf(D1) 0 43, ESI-MS (M+H)+ = 438, 440
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 102 trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamιno)-guιnazolιn-2-ylamιno1-cvclohexylmethylF N-methyl-benzamtde
157-160 °C, Rf(H1 ) 0 46, ESI-MS (M+H)+ = 500, 502
Example 103 trans-2-Methoxy-f4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethvπ- acetamide HN^ 0
H
According to the procedure described in Example 78, 2-chloro-4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-ammo- quinazohne (2.6 g) and trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-acetamιde (2 g) are reacted together to give trans-2-methoxy-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- cyclohexylmethyl]-acetamide as white crystals melting at 204-210 °C: Rf(H1) 0.46, ESI-MS (M+H)+ = 420.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans- 4-[(2-Methoxy-acetylamιno)-methvπ-cyclohexyl>-carbamιc acid benzylester According to the procedure described in Example 98b, trans-(-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)- carbamic acid benzylester hydrochlonde (Example 98a) (8.0 g), dusopropylethylamine (12 ml) and methoxy-acetylchloπde (2.7 ml) are reacted together to give trans-{4-[(2-methoxy- acetylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl>-carbamιc acid benzylester as white crystals melting at 167-169 °C Rf(H1) 0.45, ESI-MS" (M+H)+ = 335
b) trans-(4-amιno-cvclohexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-acetamιde
According to the procedure described in Example 98c, trans-{4-[(2-methoxy-acetylamιno)- methyl]-cyclohexyl}-carbamιc acid benzylester (5.75 g) and 10% Pd/C (0.5 g) are hydrogenated to give trans-(4-amιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-2-methoxy-acetamιde as a light yellow waxy solid- Rf(D2) 0.31 , ESI-MS: (M+H)+ = 201.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compounds can be prepared
Example 104: trans-2-Methoxy-[4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)- cyclohexylmethyll-acetamide hydrochlonde
149-152 °C, Rf(H1 ) 0 41 Example 105: trans-r4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamιno-quinazolιn-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethyll- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester hydrochlonde
207-210 °C, Rf(D2) 0.34, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 478.
Example 106: trans-f4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamιno-guιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-cvclohexylmethyl]- methanesulfonamide hydrochlonde
177-182 °C, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 456
Example 107: tran5-f4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolin-2-ylammo)-cvclohexylmethyl]- (N.N-dιmethylamιno)-sulfonamιde hydrochlonde
258-261 °C, Rf(H1 ) 0.42, FAB-MS. (M+H)+ = 485.
Example 108: traπs-4-(Cvclopropylmethyl)-2-(4-pιperιdin-1-ylmethyl-cvclohexyl)- quιnazolιne-2,4-diamιne dihydrochloride
Rf(D2) 0.13.
Example 109: trans-4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-pιperιdιn-1 -ylmethyl-cvclohexyl)-guιnazolιπe- 2.4-dιamme dihydrochloride
Rf(D2) 0.12.
Example 110. 4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-2-cvclohexyl-guιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne hydrochlonde According to the procedure described in Example 78, 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-amιno- qumazoline (0.435 g) and cyclohexylamme (0.17 ) are reacted together to give 4-(3-chloro- phenyl)-2-cyclohexyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamine hydrochloride as a white powder melting at 237-240 °C- Rf(H1 ) 0.56.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compounds can be prepared
Example 1 1 1 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-guιnazolιne hydrochlonde M.p. 269 - 270 °C.
Example 1 12: 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-hvdroxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride
Rf(A1) 0.82.
Example 113: 2-(N-Methyl-cyclohexylamino)-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride
Rf(A1) 0.46.
Example 1 14: 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-(methoxycarbonyl-methoxy)-4-phenylamino- guinazoline hydrochloride
M.p. 192 - 193 °C.
Example 1 15: 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-[(2-hvdroxy-ethoxy)1-4-phenylamino- guinazoliπe hydrochloride
M.p. 232 - 234 °C.
Example 116: 2-(N-Methyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-hvdroxy-4-(4-fluoro-phenylamino)- guinazoline hydrochloride
M.p. 285 - 286 °C.
Example 1 17: 2-(N-Ethyl-cvclohexylamino)-8-hvdroxy-4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-guinazoline hydrochloride
Rf(A1) 0.91.
Example 1 18: trans-2-(4-Benzoyloxy-cvclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-guinazoline hydrochloride M.p. 238 - 239 °C.
Example 1 19: trans-2-(4-Acetoxy-cvclohexylamιno)-4-(4-methoxy-phenylamιno)-ouinazoline hydrochloride
Figure imgf000123_0001
r
M.p 168 - 169 °C.
Example 120: N(2)-(trans-4-Dimethylamino-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl- guιnazolιne-2,4-diamine
According to the procedure described in Example 78, trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)- dimethyl-amine bis (trifluoroacetic acid) (0.556 g), (2-chloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolin-4-yl)-methyl- amine (0.286 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (0.36 ml) are reacted together to give N(2)- (trans-4-dιmethylamιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazoline-2,4-dιamine as a foam melting at 97-103 °C. Rf(C3) 0.15; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=404.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 4-Amιno-4'-methyl-biphenyl-3-carboxylιc acιd
A solution of cesium carbonate (127.3 g) in degassed water (145 ml) is added to a suspension of 2-amino-5-bromo-benzoιc acid (60 g) in toluene (1000 ml) at room temperature under an inert atmosphere of argon p-Tolylboronic acid (49.1 g) and tetrakιs(trιphenylphosphιne)palladιum(0) (4.5 g) are added and the mixture is heated at reflux for 18 h. Water is added (500 ml) to the cooled reaction mixture and the organic phase is extracted with water. The combined aqueous phases are treated with activated charcoai and filtered through Celite The filtrate is acidified with 4N HCl and the resulting suspension is extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, treated with activated charcoal, filtered, and concentrated to ca. 400 ml. The resulting crystals are filtered and dried to give 4-amιno-4'- methyl-bιphenyl-3-carboxylic acid. Rf(B2) 0.62.
b) 6-p-Tolyl-quιnazoline-2,4-diol
According to the procedure described in Example 127a, 4-amino-4'-methyl-bιphenyl-3- carboxylic acid (36.4 g) is converted into 6-p-tolyl-quιnazoline-2,4-diol. Rf(B2) 0.70; ESI- MS: (M+H)+=253.
c) 2.4-Dichloro-6-p-tolyl-guιnazoline
According to the procedure described in Example 127b, 6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιol (37.8 g) is converted into 2,4-dichloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazohne melting at 122-124 °C. Rf(A11) 0.27.
d) (2-Chloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazohn-4-yl)-methyl-amιne
According to the procedure described in Example 40a, 2,4-dichloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazoline (9.1 g) and methylamine (10 ml) in ethanol (100 ml) are reacted together to give (2-chloro-6- p-tolyl-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-methyl-amιne as white crystals melting at 277-278 °C. Rf(B2) 0.22; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=284,286.
e) trans-(4-Dιmethylamino-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester
A mixture of trans-(4-amino-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (Example 90b) (1 .05 g), 36.5% aqueous formaldehyde (0.8 ml) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg) in methanol (25 ml) and water (5 ml) is hydrogenated under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen. After 4 h, the catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate concentrated to give trans-(4-dιmethylamιno- cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a pale yellow oil which solidified on standing. Rf(D1) 0.23; ESI-MS: (M+H)=257.
f) traπs-(4-Amιnomethyl-cvclohexyl)-dιmethyl-amιne bιs(tπfluoroacetιc acid)
Reaction of trans-(4-dιmethylamιno-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (1.1 1 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (5 ml) gives the trans-(4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)-dιmethyl-amιne bιs(trιfluoroacetιc acid) salt, which is used without further purification.
Example 121 1 -{trans-4-f(4-Methylamιno-6-o-tolyl-guιnazolιn-2ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclo- hexyl>-pentan-1 -ol
Figure imgf000125_0001
According to the proceduredescribed in Example 78, 1 -(trans-4-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)- pentan-1-ol (0 199 g) and (2-chloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazoiιn-4-yl)-methyl-amine (0.284 g) are reacted together to give 1-{trans-4-[(4-methylamιno-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιn-2ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexyl}-pentan-1 -ol as a foam: Rf(C5) 0.43; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=447.
The starting materials can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) trans- (4-Formyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester
A mixture of "wet" dichloromethane (100 ml, containing 0.41 ml of water) is added over 20 mm to a suspension of trans-(4-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (5 g) (Example 1 1a) and 1 ,1 ,1 -trιacetoxy-1 ,1 -dihydro-1 ,2-benzιodoxol-3(1 H)-one (Dess-Martin peπodinane) (13.1 g) in dichloromethane (50 ml) at room temperature. After 15 m , the reaction mixture is diluted with diethylether, washed with 1 :1 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate/saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give trans-(4-formyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a light yellow oil which is used without further purification. Rf(A1 ) 0.57.
b) ftrans-4-(1 -Hvdroxy-pentyl)-cvclohexylmethvπ-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester
A solution of trans-(4-formyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (4.95 g) in THF (40 ml) is added dropwise to a 0.7M solution of butylmagnesium chloride in THF (60 ml) at - 78 °C Additional THF (70 ml) is added to aid stirring. After 1 h, the reaction mixture is quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate The combined organic phases are dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (A4 then A1) yields [trans-4-(1 -hydroxy-pentyl)- cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a white solid. Rf(A1 ) 0.60; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=300
c) 1 -(trans-4-Amιnomethyl-cvclohexyi)-pentan-1 -ol Reaction of [traπs-4-(1 -hydroxy-pentyl)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (3.02 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (25 ml) according to the procedure described in Example 120f gives the crude trifluoroacetic acid salt. The residue is dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with 1 N NaOH. The aqueous phase is saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 1-(trans-4-aminomethyl-cyclohexyl)- pentan-1 -ol, which is used without further purification. Rf(C5) 0.21 ; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=200.
Example 122: 1 -{trans-4-f(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyll-cvclo- hexyl)-pentan-1 -one
Figure imgf000126_0001
A mixture of "wet" dichloromethane (1.11 ml containing 0.003 ml of water) is added to a suspension of 1 -{trans-4-[(4-methylamino-6-/>-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}- pentan-1 -ol (0.072 g) and 1 ,1 ,1-triacetoxy-1 ,1-dihydro-1 ,2-benziodoxol-3(1 H)-one (Dess- Martin periodinane) (0.103 g) in dichloromethane (0.5 ml) at room temperature. After 2 h, an additional amount of Dess-Martin periodinane (0.068 g) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) is added. After 5 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1 :1 10% aqueous sodium thiosulfate/saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Chromatography on silica gel (B1 then C10) yields 1-{trans-4-[(4-methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-pentan- 1 -one as a solid melting at 193-198 °C. Rf(C5) 0.44; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=445.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 123: {trans-4-[(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-guinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cvclohexylF phenyl-methanol
Rf(C10) 0.34; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=467. Example 124 1-{trans-4-f(4-Methylamιno-6-p-tolyl-guιnazolιn-2ylamιno)-methyl]- cvclohexylV-2-phenyl-ethanone
Figure imgf000127_0001
Rf(C10) 0.39, ESI-MS (M+H)+=479
Example 125 N(2)-(trans-4-Ethanesulfonylmethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-j->-tolyl- quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne
3-Chloroperoxybenzoιc acid (0 188 g, ca. 55%) is added to a solution of N(2)-(trans-4-ethyl- sulfanylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N4-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne (0.1 g) in dichloromethane (4 ml) at -78 °C After 1 h, the mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred an additional 2 h The reaction mixture is diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 1 N NaOH and brine and the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (C8) yields N(2)-(trans-4-ethanesulfonylmethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne as a solid melting at 99-103 °C. Rf(C8) 0 37, ESI-MS: (M+H)+=467
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows
a) Toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-trans-(tert-butoxycarbonylamιno-methyl)-cvclohexylmethyl ester A solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (20.6 g) in pyndine (50 ml) is added to a solution of trans-(4-hydroxymethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (Example 11a) (20 g) in pyndine (160 ml) at 0 °C, and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature 4A molecular sieves are added after 22 h and the reaction is stirred a further 5 h The mixture is filtered, concentrated and the residue is then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water The organic phase is washed with water, 10% aqueous citric acid and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (A9 then A10) yields toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-trans-(tert-butoxycarbonylamιno-methyl)- cyclohexylmethyl ester as a white solid. Rf(A1 ) 0.74.
b) (traπs-4-Ethylsulfanylmethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester A solution of toluene-4-sulfonιc acid 4-trans-(tert-butoxycarbonylamιno-methyl)- cyclohexylmethyl ester (10 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamide (70 ml) is added to a suspension of ethanethioi sodium salt (4.68 g) in N,N-dιmethylformamιde (80 ml) at room temperature, and the reaction mixture is then heated to 50 °C. After 5 h, the reaction is concentrated and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase is re-extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated Chromatography on silica gel (A5) yields (trans-4- ethylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester as a solid Rf(A4) 0.70; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=288
c) (trans-4-Ethylsulfanylmethyl-cvclohexyl)-methylamιne trifluoroacetic acid Trifluoroacetic acid (15 ml) is added dropwise to a solution of (trans-4-ethylsulfanylmethyl- cyciohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (1.51 g) in dichloromethane (30 ml) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture is worked up after 4.5 h by concentrating to give (trans-4- ethylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexyl)-methylamιne trifluoroacetic acid which is used without further purification Rf(C5) 0.42, ESI-MS: (M+H)+=188.
d) N(2)-(trans-4-Ethylsulfanylmethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4- diamine
Figure imgf000128_0001
According to the procedure described in Example 78, (trans-4-ethylsulfanylmethyl- cyclohexy -methylamme trifluoroacetic acid (0.433 g), (2-chloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιn-4-yl)- methyl-amine (0.285 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (0.18 ml) are reacted together to give N(2)-(trans-4-ethylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4- diamme as a foam- Rf(C8) 0.46, ESI-MS- (M+H)+=435 Example 126: N(2)-(trans-4-Benzenesulfonylmethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-c>- tolv!-quιnazohne-2,4-dιamine
Figure imgf000129_0001
CGP 78760 RM01468/1 820 nM
According to the proceduredescribed in Example 124, N(2)-(trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-N4-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamine (0.1 g) and 3-Chloro- peroxybenzoic acid (0.164 g, ca. 55%) are reacted together to give N(2)-(trans-4- benzenesulfonylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quιnazoline-2,4-dιamιne: Rf(Cl ) 0.16; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=515.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) (trans-4-Phenylsulfanylmethyl-cvclohexy methyO-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester Reaction of toluene-4-sulfonic acid 4-trans-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)- cyclohexylmethyl ester (10 g) and thiophenol sodium salt (7.2 g) followed by chromatography (silica gel, B10 then B9) yields (trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl- cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester as a solid. Rf(A4) 0.66; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=336.
b) (trans-4-Phenv!sulfanylmethv!-cvclohexyl)-methylamιne trifluoroacetic acid
Reaction of (trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester (1.52 g) and trifluoroacetic acid (30 ml) gives the (trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexyl)- methylamine trifluoroacetic acid salt, which is used without further purification. Rf(C5) 0.40, ESI-MS- (M+H)+=236 c) N(4)-Methyl-N(2)-(trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl-cvclohexylmethyl)-6-p-tolyl-guιnazolιne-
2,4-dιamιne
According to the procedure described in Example 78, (trans-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl- cyclohexyl)-methy!amιne trifluoroacetic acid (0.351 g), (2-chloro-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιn-4-yl)- methyl-amine (0.284 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (0.18 ml) are reacted together to give
N(4)-methyl-N(2)-(traπs-4-phenylsulfanylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyI)-6-p-tolyl-quιnazolιne-2,4- diamine as a foam: Rf(B2) 0.42; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=483
Example 127: 1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-6,8-dιmethyl-guιnazolιn-
2ylamιno]-methyl)-cvclohexyl)-pentan-1 -ol
According to the proceduredescπbed in Example 56, 1 -(trans-4-amιnomethyl-cyclohexyl)- pentan-1 -ol (0.239 g), N-(2-chloro-6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolιn-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1 ,3- diamine (0.357 g) and ethyldiisopropylamine (0.53 ml) are reacted together to give 1-(trans-
4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolιn-2ylamιno]-methyl>-cyclohexyl)- pentan-1 -ol Rf(C9) 0.67, ESI-MS- (M+H)+=484
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 6,8-Dιmethyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιol
To a suspension of 3,5-dιmethylanthranιlιc acid (49.86 g) in dioxane (400 ml) is added acetic acid (18.7 ml) and water (300 ml) at 10 °C. A solution of potassium isocyanate (26 66 g) in water (50 ml) is added dropwise over 15 mm, and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 4.5 h. NaOH pellets (160.9 g) are added all at once and the suspension is heated to reflux for 1.5 h The reaction mixture is acidified by the dropwise addition of concentrated aqueous HCl and filtered The solid is washed with water, triturated with acetone and methyl tert-butyl ether, and then dried under vacuum to give 6,8- dιmethyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιol as an amorphous solid Rf(A4) 0.09, ESI-MS (M-H)-=189
b) 2,4-Dιchloro-6,8-dιmethyl-guιnazohne
To a mixture of phosphorus oxychloπde (115 ml) and phosphorus pentachloride (23 g) are added 6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιol (25 g) at room temperature. The resulting suspension is heated under reflux for 14 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with toluene (700 ml) and then poured into water The mixture is stirred for 20 m , filtered and then the liquid phases are separated. The organic phase is washed with water , 1 N aqueous sodium carbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give 2,4- dichloro-6,8-dimethyl-quinazoline as a solid melting at 140-143 °C. Rf(A4) 0.72.
c) N-(2-Chloro-6,8-dιmethyl-guinazolm-4-yl)-N',N'-dιethyl-propane-1.3-diamιne hydrochlonde
The reaction of 2,4-dichloro-6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolιne (2.79 g) and 3-dιethylammo- propylamine according to the procedure described in Example 56a gives N-(2-chloro-6,8- dιmethyl-quιnazolin-4-yl)-N',N'-diethyl-propane-1 ,3-dιamιne hydrochloride as a solid melting at 159-161 °C. Rf(C8) 0.30; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=321 , 323.
Example 128- 1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Dιethylamino-propylamιno)-6.8-dιmethyl-guιnazolιn-
2ylamιno1-methyl -cvclohexyl)-pentan-1-one
According to the proceduredescribed in Example 122, 1 -(traπs-4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno- propylamιno)-6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolin-2ylamino]-methyl}-cyclohexyl)-pentan-1 -ol (0.094 g) and 1 ,1 ,1 -tπacetoxy-1 ,1-dιhydro-1 ,2-benzιodoxol-3(1 H)-one (0.201 g) are reacted together to give 1-(traπs-4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-6,8-dιmethyl-quιnazolin-2ylamino]- methyl]-cyclohexyl)-pentan-1 -one: Rf(C5) 0.27; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=482.
Example 129: 1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Dιethylamino-propylamιno)-6.8-dιmethyl-guιnazolιn- 2ylamιnol-methyl)-cvclohexyl)-2-phenyl-ethanoπe
Rf(C10) 0.31 ; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=516.
In analogous manner as described hereinbefore following compound can be prepared:
Example 130: (traπs-4-{f4-(3-Dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-6.8-dιmethyl-guιnazolιn-2ylamιno1- methvD-cyclohexyD-phenyl-methanone
Rf(ClO) 0.35; ESI-MS: (M+H)+=502.
Example 131 :
Tablets, each containing 50 mg of active ingredient, for example, 2-cyclohexylamιno-4- phenylamino-quinazoline hydrochloride, can be prepared as follows Composition (for 10,000 tablets)
Active ingredient 500.0 g
Lactose 500.0 g
Potato starch 352.0 g Gelatin 8.0 g
Talc 60 0 g
Magnesium stearate 10.0 g
Silica (highly disperse) 20.0 g
Ethanol q.s
The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and 292 g of potato starch, and the mixture is moistened using an alcoholic solution of the gelatin and granulated by means of a sieve After drying, the remainder of the potato starch, the talc, the magnesium stearate and the highly disperse silica are admixed and the mixture is compressed to give tablets of weight 145 0 mg each and active ingredient content 50.0 mg which, if desired, can be provided with breaking notches for finer adjustment of the dose
Example 132 Coated tablets, each containing 100 mg of active ingredient, for example, 2- cyclohexylamιno-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne hydrochlonde, can be prepared as follows.
Composition (for 1000 tablets)
Active ingredient 100.00 g
Lactose 100.00 g
Corn starch 70 00 g
Talc 8 50 g
Calcium stearate 1 50 g
Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 2.36 g
Shellac 0 64 g
Water q.s.
Dichloromethane q s The active ingredient, the lactose and 40 g of the corn starch are mixed and moistened and granulated with a paste prepared from 15 g of corn starch and water (with warming). The granules are dried, and the remainder of the corn starch, the talc and the calcium stearate are added and mixed with the granules. The mixture is compressed to give tablets (weight: 280 mg) and these are coated with a solution of the hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and the shellac in dichloromethane (final weight of the coated tablet: 283 mg).
Example 133: Tablets and coated tablets containing another compound of the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the formula (I), for example as in one of Examples 1 to 130, can also be prepared in an analogous manner to that described in Examples 131 and 132.
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:1 :
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 1501 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 61..1432
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1 :
TTAGTTTTGT TCTGAGAACG TTAGAGTTAT AGTACCGTGC GATCGTTCTT CAAGCTGCTA 60
ATG GAC GTC CTC TTC TTC CAC CAG GAT TCT AGT ATG GAG TTT AAG CTT 108 Met Asp Val Leu Phe Phe His Gin Asp Ser Ser Met Glu Phe Lys Leu 1 5 10 15
GAG GAG CAT TTT AAC AAG ACA TTT GTC ACA GAG AAC AAT ACA GCT GCT 156 Glu Glu His Phe Asn Lys Thr Phe Val Thr Glu Asn Asn Thr Ala Ala 20 25 30
GCT CGG AAT GCA GCC TTC CCT GCC TGG GAG GAC TAC AGA GGC AGC GTA 204
Ala Arg Asn Ala Ala Phe Pro Ala Trp Glu Asp Tyr Arg Gly Ser Val 35 40 45
GAC GAT TTA CAA TAC TTT CTG ATT GGG CTC TAT ACA TTC GTA AGT CTT 252 Asp Asp Leu Gin Tyr Phe Leu lie Gly Leu Tyr Thr Phe Val Ser Leu 50 55 60
CTT GGC TTT ATG GGC AAT CTA CTT ATT TTA ATG GCT GTT ATG AAA AAG 300 Leu Gly Phe Met Gly Asn Leu Leu lie Leu Met Ala Val Met Lys Lys 65 70 75 80
CGC AAT CAG AAG ACT ACA GTG AAC TTT CTC ATA GGC AAC CTG GCC TTC 348
Arg Asn Gin Lys Thr Thr Val Asn Phe Leu He Gly Asn Leu Ala Phe 85 90 95
TCC GAC ATC TTG GTC GTC CTG TTT TGC TCC CCT TTC ACC CTG ACC TCT 396 Ser Asp lie Leu Val Val Leu Phe Cys Ser Pro Phe Thr Leu Thr Ser 100 105 1 10
GTC TTG TTG GAT CAG TGG ATG TTT GGC AAA GCC ATG TGC CAT ATC ATG 444 Val Leu Leu Asp Gin Trp Met Phe Gly Lys Ala Met Cys His lie Met 115 120 125
CCG TTC CTT CAA TGT GTG TCA GTT CTG GTT TCA ACT CTG ATT TTA ATA 492 Pro Phe Leu Gin Cys Val Ser Val Leu Val Ser Thr Leu He Leu He 130 135 140
TCA ATT GCC ATT GTC AGG TAT CAT ATG ATA AAG CAC CCT ATT TCT AAC 540 Ser He Ala He Val Arg Tyr His Met lie Lys His Pro He Ser Asn 145 150 155 160
AAT TTA ACG GCA AAC CAT GGC TAC TTC CTG ATA GCT ACT GTC TGG ACA 588 Asn Leu Thr Ala Asn His Gly Tyr Phe Leu He Ala Thr Val Trp Thr 165 170 175
CTG GGC TTT GCC ATC TGT TCT CCC CTC CCA GTG TTT CAC AGT CTT GTG 636 Leu Gly Phe Ala He Cys Ser Pro Leu Pro Val Phe His Ser Leu Val 180 185 190
GAA CTT AAG GAG ACC TTT GGC TCA GCA CTG CTG AGT AGC AAA TAT CTC 684
Glu Leu Lys Glu Thr Phe Gly Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ser Lys Tyr Leu 195 200 205
TGT GTT GAG TCA TGG CCC TCT GAT TCA TAC AGA ATT GCT TTC ACA ATC 732 Cys Val Glu Ser Trp Pro Ser Asp Ser Tyr Arg He Ala Phe Thr He 210 215 220
TCT TTA TTG CTA GTG CAG TAT ATC CTG CCT CTA GTA TGT TTA ACG GTA 780 Ser Leu Leu Leu Val Gin Tyr He Leu Pro Leu Val Cys Leu Thr Val 225 230 235 240
AGT CAT ACC AGC GTC TGC CGA AGC ATA AGC TGT GGA TTG TCC CAC AAA 828
Ser His Thr Ser Val Cys Arg Ser He Ser Cys Gly Leu Ser His Lys 245 250 255 GAA AAC AGA CTC GAA GAA AAT GAG ATG ATC AAC TTA ACC CTA CAG CCA 876
Glu Asn Arg Leu Glu Glu Asn Glu Met He Asn Leu Thr Leu Gin Pro 260 265 270
TCC AAAAAG AGC AGG AAC CAG GCAAAAACC CCC AGCACT CAAAAG TGG 924
Ser Lys Lys Ser Arg Asn Gin Ala Lys Thr Pro Ser Thr Gin Lys Trp 275 280 285
AGC TAC TCATTC ATC AGA AAG CAC AGA AGG AGG TAC AGC AAG AAG ACG 972
Ser Tyr Ser Phe lie Arg Lys His Arg Arg Arg Tyr Ser Lys Lys Thr 290 295 300
GCC TGT GTC TTA CCC GCC CCA GCA GGA CCTTCC CAG GGG AAG CAC CTA
1020
Ala Cys Val Leu Pro Ala Pro Ala Gly Pro Ser Gin Gly Lys His Leu
305 310 315 320
GCC GTT CCAGAAAAT CCA GCCTCC GTC CGTAGC CAG CTG TCG CCATCC 1068
Ala Val Pro Glu Asn Pro Ala Ser Val Arg Ser Gin Leu Ser Pro Ser 325 330 335
AGT AAG GTC ATT CCA GGG GTC CCAATC TGC TTT GAG GTG AAA CCT GAA 1116
Ser Lys Val He Pro Gly Val Pro lie Cys Phe Glu Val Lys Pro Glu 340 345 350
GAAAGC TCA GAT GCT CAT GAG ATG AGA GTC AAG CGT TCC ATC ACT AGA
1164
Glu Ser Ser Asp Ala His Glu Met Arg Val Lys Arg Ser lie Thr Arg 355 360 365
ATA AAA AAG AGA TCT CGA AGT GTT TTC TAC AGA CTG ACC ATA CTG ATA 1212 lie Lys Lys Arg Ser Arg Ser Val Phe Tyr Arg Leu Thr He Leu He 370 375 380
CTC GTG TTC GCC GTT AGC TGG ATG CCA CTC CAC GTC TTC CAC GTG GTG
1260
Leu Val Phe Ala Val Ser Trp Met Pro Leu His Val Phe His Val Val
385 390 395 400
ACT GAC TTC AAT GAT AAC TTG ATT TCC AAT AGG CAT TTC AAG CTG GTA 1308 Thr Asp Phe Asn Asp Asn Leu He Ser Asn Arg His Phe Lys Leu Val 405 410 415
TAC TGC ATC TGT CAC TTG TTA GGC ATG ATG TCC TGT TGT CTA AAT CCG 1356 Tyr Cys He Cys His Leu Leu Gly Met Met Ser Cys Cys Leu Asn Pro 420 425 430
ATC CTA TAT GGT TTC CTT AAT AAT GGT ATC AAA GCA GAC TTG AGA GCC 1404 He Leu Tyr Gly Phe Leu Asn Asn Gly He Lys Ala Asp Leu Arg Ala 435 440 445
CTT ATC CAC TGC CTA CAC ATG TCA TGA TTCTCTCTGTG CACCAAAGAG 1452
Leu He His Cys Leu His Met Ser * 450 455
AGAAG AAACG TG GTAATTGA CACATAATTT ATACAGAAGT ATTCTGGAT 1501
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:2: (i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 457 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:2:
Met Asp Val Leu Phe Phe His Gin Asp Ser Ser Met Glu Phe Lys Leu
1 5 10 15
Glu Glu His Phe Asn Lys Thr Phe Val Thr Glu Asn Asn Thr Ala Ala 20 25 30
Ala Arg Asn Ala Ala Phe Pro Ala Trp Glu Asp Tyr Arg Gly Ser Val 35 40 45
Asp Asp Leu Gin Tyr Phe Leu lie Gly Leu Tyr Thr Phe Val Ser Leu 50 55 60
Leu Gly Phe Met Gly Asn Leu Leu He Leu Met Ala Val Met Lys Lys 65 70 75 80
Arg Asn Gin Lys Thr Thr Val Asn Phe Leu He Gly Asn Leu Ala Phe 85 90 95
Ser Asp He Leu Val Val Leu Phe Cys Ser Pro Phe Thr Leu Thr Ser 100 105 1 10
Val Leu Leu Asp Gin Trp Met Phe Gly Lys Ala Met Cys His He Met 1 15 120 125 Pro Phe Leu Gin Cys Val Ser Val Leu Val Ser Thr Leu He Leu He 130 135 140
Ser He Ala He Val Arg Tyr His Met He Lys His Pro He Ser Asn 145 150 155 160
Asn Leu Thr Ala Asn His Gly Tyr Phe Leu lie Ala Thr Val Trp Thr 165 170 175
Leu Gly Phe Ala He Cys Ser Pro Leu Pro Val Phe His Ser Leu Val 180 185 190
Glu Leu Lys Glu Thr Phe Gly Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ser Lys Tyr Leu 195 200 205
Cys Val Glu Ser Trp Pro Ser Asp Ser Tyr Arg He Ala Phe Thr He 210 215 220
Ser Leu Leu Leu Val Gin Tyr He Leu Pro Leu Val Cys Leu Thr Val 225 230 235 240
Ser His Thr Ser Val Cys Arg Ser lie Ser Cys Gly Leu Ser His Lys 245 250 255
Glu Asn Arg Leu Glu Glu Asn Glu Met He Asn Leu Thr Leu Gin Pro 260 265 270
Ser Lys Lys Ser Arg Asn Gin Ala Lys Thr Pro Ser Thr Gin Lys Trp 275 280 285
Ser Tyr Ser Phe He Arg Lys His Arg Arg Arg Tyr Ser Lys Lys Thr 290 295 300 Ala Cys Val Leu Pro Ala Pro Ala Gly Pro Ser Gin Gly Lys His Leu 305 310 315 320
Ala Val Pro Glu Asn Pro Ala Ser Val Arg Ser Gin Leu Ser Pro Ser 325 330 335
Ser Lys Val He Pro Gly Val Pro He Cys Phe Glu Val Lys Pro Glu 340 345 350
Glu Ser Ser Asp Ala His Glu Met Arg Val Lys Arg Ser He Thr Arg 355 360 365
He Lys Lys Arg Ser Arg Ser Val Phe Tyr Arg Leu Thr He Leu He 370 375 380
Leu Val Phe Ala Val Ser Trp Met Pro Leu His Val Phe His Val Val 385 390 395 400
Thr Asp Phe Asn Asp Asn Leu He Ser Asn Arg His Phe Lys Leu Val 405 410 415
Tyr Cys He Cys His Leu Leu Gly Met Met Ser Cys Cys Leu Asn Pro 420 425 430
He Leu Tyr Gly Phe Leu Asn Asn Gly He Lys Ala Asp Leu Arg Ala 435 440 445
Leu He His Cys Leu His Met Ser * 450 455
(3) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS: (A) LENGTH: 1457 base pairs
(B) TYPE: nucleic acid
(C) STRANDEDNESS: single
(D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: cDNA
(iii) HYPOTHETICAL: NO
(iv) ANTI-SENSE: NO
(ix) FEATURE:
(A) NAME/KEY: CDS
(B) LOCATION: 61..1432
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:3:
GTTTCCCTCT GAATAGATTA ATTTAAAGTA GTCATGTAAT GTTTTTTTGG TTGCTGACAA 60
ATG TCT TTT TAT TCC AAG CAG GAC TAT AAT ATG GAT TTA GAG CTC GAC 108 Met Ser Phe Tyr Ser Lys Gin Asp Tyr Asn Met Asp Leu Glu Leu Asp
1 5 10 15
GAG TAT TAT AAC AAG ACA CTT GCC ACA GAG AAT AAT ACT GCT GCC ACT 156 Glu Tyr Tyr Asn Lys Thr Leu Ala Thr Glu Asn Asn Thr Ala Ala Thr 20 25 30
CGG AAT TCT GAT TTC CCA GTC TGG GAT GAC TAT AAA AGC AGT GTA GAT 204 Arg Asn Ser Asp Phe Pro Val Trp Asp Asp Tyr Lys Ser Ser Val Asp 35 40 45 GAC TTA CAG TAT TTT CTG ATT GGG CTC TAT ACA TTT GTA AGT CTT CTT 252 Asp Leu Gin Tyr Phe Leu He Gly Leu Tyr Thr Phe Val Ser Leu Leu 50 55 60
GGC TTT ATG GGG AAT CTA CTT ATT TTA ATG GCT CTC ATG AAA AAG CGT 300 Gly Phe Met Gly Asn Leu Leu He Leu Met Ala Leu Met Lys Lys Arg 65 70 75 80
AAT CAG AAG ACT ACG GTA AAC TTC CTC ATA GGC AAT CTG GCC TTT TCT 348 Asn Gin Lys Thr Thr Val Asn Phe Leu He Gly Asn Leu Ala Phe Ser 85 90 95
GAT ATC TTG GTT GTG CTG TTT TGC TCA CCT TTC ACA CTG ACG TCT GTC 396 Asp He Leu Val Val Leu Phe Cys Ser Pro Phe Thr Leu Thr Ser Val 100 105 1 10
TTG CTG GAT CAG TGG ATG TTT GGC AAA GTC ATG TGC CAT ATT ATG CCT 444 Leu Leu Asp Gin Trp Met Phe Gly Lys Val Met Cys His He Met Pro 115 120 125
TTT CTT CAA TGT GTG TCA GTT TTG GTT TCA ACT TTA ATT TTA ATA TCA 492 Phe Leu Gin Cys Val Ser Val Leu Val Ser Thr Leu He Leu He Ser 130 135 140
ATT GCC ATT GTC AGG TAT CAT ATG ATA AAA CAT CCC ATA TCT AAT AAT 540 He Ala lie Val Arg Tyr His Met He Lys His Pro He Ser Asn Asn 145 150 155 160
TTA ACA GCA AAC CAT GGC TAC TTT CTG ATA GCT ACT GTC TGG ACA CTA 588 Leu Thr Ala Asn His Gly Tyr Phe Leu lie Ala Thr Val Trp Thr Leu 165 170 175 GGT TTT GCC ATC TGT TCT CCC CTT CCA GTG TTT CAC AGT CTT GTG GAA 636 Gly Phe Ala He Cys Ser Pro Leu Pro Val Phe His Ser Leu Val Glu 180 185 190
CTT CAA GAA ACA TTT GGT TCA GCA TTG CTG AGC AGC AGG TAT TTA TGT 684 Leu Gin Glu Thr Phe Gly Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ser Arg Tyr Leu Cys 195 200 205
GTT GAG TCA TGG CCA TCT GAT TCA TAC AGA ATT GCC TTT ACT ATC TCT 732 Val Glu Ser Trp Pro Ser Asp Ser Tyr Arg He Ala Phe Thr He Ser 210 215 220
TTA TTG CTA GTT CAG TAT ATT CTG CCC TTA GTT TGT CTT ACT GTA AGT 780 Leu Leu Leu Val Gin Tyr lie Leu Pro Leu Val Cys Leu Thr Val Ser 225 230 235 240
CAT ACA AGT GTC TGC AGA AGT ATA AGC TGT GGA TTG TCC AAC AAA GAA 828 His Thr Ser Val Cys Arg Ser He Ser Cys Gly Leu Ser Asn Lys Glu 245 250 255
AAC AGA CTT GAA GAA AAT GAG ATG ATC AAC TTA ACT CTT CAT CCA TCC 876 Asn Arg Leu Glu Glu Asn Glu Met He Asn Leu Thr Leu His Pro Ser 260 265 270
AAA AAG AGT GGG CCT CAG GTG AAA CTC TCT GGC AGC CAT AAA TGG AGT 924
Lys Lys Ser Gly Pro Gin Val Lys Leu Ser Gly Ser His Lys Trp Ser 275 280 285
TAT TCA TTC ATC AAA AAA CAC AGA AGA AGA TAT AGC AAG AAG ACA GCA 972 Tyr Ser Phe He Lys Lys His Arg Arg Arg Tyr Ser Lys Lys Thr Ala 290 295 300 TGT GTG TTA CCT GCT CCA GAA AGA CCT TCT CAA GAG AAC CAC TCC AGA
1020
Cys Val Leu Pro Ala Pro Glu Arg Pro Ser Gin Glu Asn His Ser Arg
305 310 315 320
ATA CTT CCA GAA AAC TTT GGC TCT GTA AGA AGT CAG CTC TCT TCA TCC 1068 He Leu Pro Glu Asn Phe Gly Ser Val Arg Ser Gin Leu Ser Ser Ser 325 330 335
AGT AAG TTC ATA CCA GGG GTC CCC ACT TGC TTT GAG ATA AAA CCT GAA 1 1 16
Ser Lys Phe He Pro Gly Val Pro Thr Cys Phe Glu He Lys Pro Glu 340 345 350
GAA AAT TCA GAT GTT CAT GAA TTG AGA GTA AAA CGT TCT GTT ACA AGA 1 164 Glu Asn Ser Asp Val His Glu Leu Arg Val Lys Arg Ser Val Thr Arg 355 360 365
ATA AAA AAG AGA TCTCGA AGT GTT TTC TAC AGA CTG ACC ATA CTG ATA 1212 He Lys Lys Arg Ser Arg Ser Val Phe Tyr Arg Leu Thr He Leu He 370 375 380
TTA GTA TTT GCT GTT AGT TGG ATG CCA CTA CAC CTT TTC CAT GTG GTA 1260 Leu Val Phe Ala Val Ser Trp Met Pro Leu His Leu Phe His Val Val 385 390 395 400
ACT GAT TTT AAT GAC AAT CTT ATT TCA AAT AGG CAT TTC AAG TTG GTG 1308 Thr Asp Phe Asn Asp Asn Leu He Ser Asn Arg His Phe Lys Leu Val 405 410 415
TAT TGC ATT TGT CAT TTG TTG GGC ATG ATG TCC TGT TGT CTT AAT CCA 1356 Tyr Cys lie Cys His Leu Leu Gly Met Met Ser Cys Cys Leu Asn Pro 420 425 430 ATT CTA TAT GGG TTT CTT AAT AAT GGG ATT AAA GCT GAT TTA GTG TCC 1404 He Leu Tyr Gly Phe Leu Asn Asn Gly He Lys Ala Asp Leu Val Ser 435 440 445
CTT ATA CAC TGT CTT CAT ATG TAA TAA TTCTCACTGT TTACCAAGGA 1452 Leu He His Cys Leu His Met * * 450 455
AAGAAC 1457
(4) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID NO:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 457 amino acids
(B) TYPE: amino acid (D) TOPOLOGY: linear
(ii) MOLECULE TYPE: protein
(xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:4:
Met Ser Phe Tyr Ser Lys Gin Asp Tyr Asn Met Asp Leu Glu Leu Asp 1 5 10 15
Glu Tyr Tyr Asn Lys Thr Leu Ala Thr Glu Asn Asn Thr Ala Ala Thr 20 25 30
Arg Asn Ser Asp Phe Pro Val Trp Asp Asp Tyr Lys Ser Ser Val Asp 35 40 45
Asp Leu Gin Tyr Phe Leu He Gly Leu Tyr Thr Phe Val Ser Leu Leu 50 55 60 Gly Phe Met Gly Asn Leu Leu He Leu Met Ala Leu Met Lys Lys Arg 65 70 75 80
Asn Gin Lys Thr Thr Val Asn Phe Leu He Gly Asn Leu Ala Phe Ser 85 90 95
Asp He Leu Val Val Leu Phe Cys Ser Pro Phe Thr Leu Thr Ser Val 100 105 1 10
Leu Leu Asp Gin Trp Met Phe Gly Lys Val Met Cys His He Met Pro 1 15 120 125
Phe Leu Gin Cys Val Ser Val Leu Val Ser Thr Leu He Leu He Ser 130 135 140
He Ala He Val Arg Tyr His Met He Lys His Pro lie Ser Asn Asn 145 150 155 160
Leu Thr Ala Asn His Gly Tyr Phe Leu He Ala Thr Val Trp Thr Leu 165 170 175
Gly Phe Ala lie Cys Ser Pro Leu Pro Val Phe His Ser Leu Val Glu 180 185 190
Leu Gin Glu Thr Phe Gly Ser Ala Leu Leu Ser Ser Arg Tyr Leu Cys 195 200 205
Val Glu Ser Trp Pro Ser Asp Ser Tyr Arg He Ala Phe Thr He Ser 210 215 220
Leu Leu Leu Val Gin Tyr He Leu Pro Leu Val Cys Leu Thr Val Ser 225 230 235 240 His Thr Ser Val Cys Arg Ser He Ser Cys Gly Leu Ser Asn Lys Glu 245 250 255
Asn Arg Leu Glu Glu Asn Glu Met He Asn Leu Thr Leu His Pro Ser 260 265 270
Lys Lys Ser Gly Pro Gin Val Lys Leu Ser Gly Ser His Lys Trp Ser 275 280 285
Tyr Ser Phe He Lys Lys His Arg Arg Arg Tyr Ser Lys Lys Thr Ala 290 295 300
Cys Val Leu Pro Ala Pro Glu Arg Pro Ser Gin Glu Asn His Ser Arg 305 310 315 320
He Leu Pro Glu Asn Phe Gly Ser Val Arg Ser Gin Leu Ser Ser Ser 325 330 335
Ser Lys Phe He Pro Gly Val Pro Thr Cys Phe Glu He Lys Pro Glu 340 345 350
Glu Asn Ser Asp Val His Glu Leu Arg Val Lys Arg Ser Val Thr Arg 355 360 365
He Lys Lys Arg Ser Arg Ser Val Phe Tyr Arg Leu Thr He Leu He 370 375 380
Leu Val Phe Ala Val Ser Trp Met Pro Leu His Leu Phe His Val Val 385 390 395 400
Thr Asp Phe Asn Asp Asn Leu He Ser Asn Arg His Phe Lys Leu Val
405 410 415 Tyr Cys He Cys His Leu Leu Gly Met Met Ser Cys Cys Leu Asn Pro 420 425 430
He Leu Tyr Gly Phe Leu Asn Asn Gly He Lys Ala Asp Leu Val Ser 435 440 445
Leu He His Cys Leu His Met 450 455

Claims

What is claimed is
1. A compound of formula (!)
Figure imgf000150_0001
in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent, a single bond or lower alkylene;
RT represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, d-d¬ cycloalkyl, d-d-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, by lower alkoxy, by amino, by substituted am o, by carboxy, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, by carbamoyl, or by N-substituted carbamoyl;
(ii) amino or substituted ammo;
(iii) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, lower alkynyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-Cβ-cycloalkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-iower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, aminocarbonyl-oxy, or N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy; (iv) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl; (v) carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl;
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-0-R, -NRrCO-R, -NR CO-NR R, - NR1-SO2-R, -NR,-S02-NR1-R, -SO2-R, -SO2-NR,-R, or -SOj-NRrCO-R, [R being as defined below and Ri being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(Rι) represents ammo which is di- substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
(vn) an element of formula -X3(X4)(Xs) wherein, (a) if Xa is -CH-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -X6-(CO)p-(CH2)0-, -(CH2)q-X6-(CO)p-(CH2)r-, or -(CH2)s-X6-CO-(CH2)r; or, (b) if X3 is -N-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -CO-(CH2)u-; [Xg being -CH2-, -N(R1)- or -0-, the integer o is 3-5; the integer p is 0 or 1 ; the integer q is 1 or 2; the integer r is 1 ; the integer s is 1 or 2, the integer t is 1 or 2; the integer u is 3-5; with the proviso that, if the integer p is 0, j is different from -CH2-;],
Xi represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene, d- d-cycloalkenyhdene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, oxo-C3-C8- cycloalkylidene, or oxo-C3-Cβ-cycioalkenylιdene,
X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R )-;
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl- lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, N-substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R,
R3 and R together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, NRo] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, lower alkynyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, nitro, cyano,
(n) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, ammo, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy- lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(iii) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy,
(carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(iv) amino, substituted amino;
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl;
(vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl; wherein, in each case, the substituted amino group of substituted amino, of N- substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloaikyl-lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (ii) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (iii) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 ; wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkinyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aroyl, -S02-R, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy; wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl- lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy; or a salt or a tautomer thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene; Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, halo-lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl; R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted ammo, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo,
(in) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, or N- substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy,
(iv) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (v) carbamoyl or N-substituted carbamoyl;
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-0-R, -NR CO-R, -NRrCO-NRr-R, - NR SOs-R, -NRI-SOJ-NRTR, -S02-R, -S02-NR,-R, or -S02-NRι-CO-R, [R being as defined below and Ri being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(R!) represents ammo which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring]; or
(VII) an element of formula -X3(X4)(X5) wherein, (a) if Xs is -CH-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -X6-(CO)p-(CH2)0-, -(CH2)q-X6-(CO)p-(CH2)r-, or -(CH2)s-X6-CO-(CH2),-; or, (b) if X3 is -N-, X4 together with X5 represent a structural element of formula -CO-(CH2)u-, [Xe being -CH2-, -N(R1)- or -0-; the integer o is 3-5; the integer p is 0 or 1 ; the integer q is 1or 2, the integer r is 1 ; the integer s is 1 or 2; the integer t is 1 or 2, the integer u is 3-5; with the proviso that, if the integer p is 0, X is different from -CH2-;];
Xi represents d-d-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene, oxo- d-C8-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene,
X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R4)-;
R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C3-Cθ-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or (II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R, R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, or NR0] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, nitro, cyano;
(ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl;
(in) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, am o, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(iv) ammo, substituted ammo,
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl; (vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety is derived and selected from the group consisting of phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, indolyl, mdazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, qumolinyl, isochmolyl, or quinazolmyl, wherein, in each case, the ammo group of substituted ammo, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (u) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (in) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2, wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl, wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy
3 A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene, RT represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, R2 represents (i) hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by substituted ammo, by lower alkoxycarbonyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or by substituted carbamoyl, (II) ammo or substituted ammo,
(in) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkoxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, or N- substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy,
(iv) lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (v) N-substituted carbamoyl,
(vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R, -CO-R, -NR CO-0-R, -NR CO-R, -NRT-CO-NRT-R, - NR,-S02-R, -NRTSO2-NR1-R, -SO2-R, -SO2-NRTR, or -Sθ2-NR CO-R, [R being as defined below and R-, being as defined above, or the group -N(R)(Rι) represents am o which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene {which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NR0} or which is di¬ substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring], or
XT represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene, C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene, oxo- C3-d-cycloalkylene, oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkenylene, or oxo-C3-C8-cycloalkylιdene, X2 represents -0-, -S(0)n- or a group of the formula -N(R4)-, R3 and R4 , independently of one another, represent (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, d-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, substituted carbamoyl, and -S(0)n-R;
R3 and R4 together represent lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n, or NR0] or represent lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) halogen, lower alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, oxy-lower alkylene-oxy, hydroxy, lower alkanoyloxy, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyloxy, lower alkanoyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkanoyl, nitro, cyano;
(II) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, substituted ammo, carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(in) lower alkoxy which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of. halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryloxy, ammo, substituted ammo, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, carbamoyl, and N-substituted carbamoyl,
(iv) ammo, substituted ammo,
(v) carboxy, lower alkoxy-carbonyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkoxy-carbonyl, (vi) carbamoyl and N-substituted carbamoyl; wherem, in each case, any aryl moiety of (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, arylene, aroyl, or aryloxy, respectively, is derived from phenyl, naphthyl or pyridyl, wherein, in each case, the ammo group of substituted ammo, of N-substituted carbamoyl, and of N-substituted aminocarbonyl-oxy is (i) mono-substituted or, independently of one another, di-substituted by lower alkyl, by C3-C8-cycloalkyl, by C3-C8- cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, by (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, or is (n) di-substituted by lower alkylene [which may be interrupted by O, S(0)n or NRo] or is di-substituted by lower alkylene which is condensed at two adjacent carbon atoms with a benzene ring, or is (iii) mono-substituted or, in the second line, independently of one another, di-substituted by -CO-(0)v-R and the integer v is 0 or 1 ; wherein, in each case, the integer n is 0, 1 or 2; wherein, in each case, R0 represents hydrogen or lower alkyl; wherein, in each case, R represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, d-d-cycloalkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-lower alkyl, (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl, or lower alkyl which is substituted by halogen, by hydroxy, or by lower alkoxy.
4. A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or lower alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl;
R2 represents (i) hydrogen;
(ii) amino, amino which is monosubstituted by lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl or is disubstituted by lower alkyl or by C2-C6-alkylene or amino which is monosubstituted by -CO- O-R and R being lower alkyl;
(iii) lower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy or (carbocyclic or heterocyclic) aryl-carbonyl-oxy; (vi) a group selected from -CH(OH)-R and R being hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl, -CO-R and R being hydrogen or lower alkyl, -NRrCO-O-R and Ri being hydrogen and R being lower alkyl, -NR CO-R and Ri being hydrogen or lower alkyl and R being lower alkyl, phenyl or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -NRι-S02-R and R being hydrogen or lower alkyl and R being lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, -NRTSO2-NR1-R and Ri being hydrogen and -N(Rτ)(R) being amino disubstituted by lower alkyl or by C2-C6-alkylene or being morpholino, piperazino or 4-lower alkyl-piperazino, -S02-R and R being lower alkyl or phenyl;
Xi represents C3-C8-cycloalkylene;
X2 represents -O- and R3 is hydrogen; or
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R )- and R4 is hydrogen or lower alkyl; and
R3 represents (i) hydrogen, lower alkyl, C -C8-cycloalkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl; or (ii) lower alkyl which is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, lower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, amino, amino monosubstituted by iower alkoxycarbonyl or disubstituted by Iower alkyl, morpholino, piperazino, 4-lower alkyl- piperazino, 4-lower alkoxycarbonyl-piperazino and carbamoyl disubstituted by Iower alkyl; or X2 and R3 together represent morpholino or 4-lower alkyl-piperazino; wherein, in each case, any aryl moiety as well as the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, Iower alkyl, phenyl, hydroxy, Iower alkoxy, hydroxy-lower alkoxy, Iower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alkoxy and Iower alkoxycarbonyl.
5. A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2, independently of one another, represent a single bond or d-C3- alkylene;
Ri represents hydrogen;
R2 represents hydrogen, Iower alkoxycarbonyl-oxy, amino, amino di-substituted by C3-C6-alkylene, a group selected from -NRT-CO-R [R being Iower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or phenyl and Ri being hydrogen], -NRi-CO-O-R [R being Iower alkyl], -NRι-S02-R [R being Iower alkyl, phenyl- lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, or quinolinyl and RT being hydrogen and phenyl being unsubstituted or substituted by Iower alkyl, Iower alkoxy, Iower alkoxycarbonyl], -NRrS02-NRι-R [Ri being hydrogen, and the group-N(R)(Rι) being di-lower alkylamino] , -S02-R [R being Iower alkyl], or -S0 -NRrR, [R and i being each Iower alkyl];
XT represents C3-C6-cycloalkylene;
X2 represents O and R3 represents hydrogen; or
X2 represents a group of the formula -N(R4)-; and
R3 represents hydrogen, Iower alkyl, or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, Iower alkyl, or Iower alkoxy;
R represents hydrogen; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen or Iower alkoxy.
6. A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt or a tautomer thereof in which alki and alk2 independently of one another, represent a single bond or methyiene;
Ri is hydrogen;
Xi is 1 ,4-cyclohexylene;
X2 is -0-; R2 is -NH-S02-R and R being naphthyl; and R3 is hydrogen; or
X2 is -NH-; R2 represents -NH-S02-R and R is phenyl substituted by halogen, especially 4- chloro-phenyl, or naphthyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, C C4-alkyl which substituted by d-d-alkyl-amino or by Cι-C4-alkyl-amιno-carbonyl or by C5-C5-alkylene; or
R2 represents Cι-C4-alkylamιno, Cι-C4-alkoxycarbonyl-amιno, such as tert- butoxycarbonyl-ammo, -NH-S02-R and R being phenyl substituted by d-C4-alkyl, or d-d¬ alkyl, or is NH-S02-N(Rι)(R) and Ri and R each being Cι-C4-alkyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by halogen; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by Cι-C4-alkoxy.
7 A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a salt thereof in which alki and alk2 independently of one another, represent a smgle bond or methylene;
Ri is hydrogen,
Xi is 1 ,4-cyclohexylene;
X2 is -0-; R2 is -NH-S02-R and R being naphthyl; and R3 is hydrogen, or
X2 is -NH-,
R2 represents -NH-S02-R and R is phenyl substituted by halogen, especially 4- chloro-phenyl, or naphthyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, C C4-alkyl which substituted by Cι-d-alkyl-amιno or by Cι-C4-alkyl-amιno-carbonyl or by C5-C5-alkylene; or
R2 represents d-C4-alkylamιno, C C4-alkoxycarbonyl-amιno, -NH-S02-R and R being phenyl substituted by d-C4-alkyl, or C C4-alkyl, or is NH-S02-N(R,)(R) and R, and R each being Cι-C4-alkyl; and R3 represents hydrogen, phenyl or phenyl which is substituted by halogenl; wherein the benzo ring A is unsubstituted or substituted by Cι-C4-alkoxy.
8 A compound according to claim 1 of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a tautomer thereof consisting of the group selected from 2-Cyclohexylamιno-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne, cιs/trans-2-(4-Pιpeπdιn-1 -yl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne, 2-Cyclohexylamιno-8-methoxy-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne, trans-2-(4-Acetoxy-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazoiιn-2-ylamιno)- cyclohexylmethyl]-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-yl-amιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]- amide, trans-[4-(4-Phenylamιno-quιnazolιne-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester; trans-4-(Amιnomethyl-cyclohexylamιno)-4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιne; rans-[4-(4-Phenylamιno-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-cyclohexylmethyl]-methanesulfonamιde; trans-4-Methyl-N-[4-(4-phenylamιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-benzene- sulfonamide; trans-3-{{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-sulfamoyl}-4- methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester, trans-N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quinazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-benzenesulfonamιde, trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl)-methanesulfonamιde, trans-N-{4-[(4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- phenylmethanesulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-tert-butyl- benzenesulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2,4,6-tπmethyl- benzenesulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-quιnazolin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl>-4-methyl- benzenesulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-benzamιde, trans-N-{4-[4-Amιno-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-phenyl-acetamιde, trans-N,N-Dιmethylamιno sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quιnazoiin-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-quinazolιn-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-{Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid 4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazohn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-bromo-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-[(4-amιno-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-oxo-3,4-dιhydro-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-tert-butylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide;
(R,S)-cis-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {3-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid [4-(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylethyl]-amide; trans-Propane-2-sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amide; trans-N-{4-[(4-Amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-4-fluoro- benzenesulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[(4-Amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-nitro- benzenesulfonamide; trans-Piperidine-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexyl methyl}-amide ; trans-Morpholine-4-sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide ; traπs-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexyl methy l}-amide ; traπs-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl)~amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-hydroxy-ethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl>-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-hydroxy-1 -hydroxymethyl-ethylamino)- quinazolin-2-ylamino]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-methoxy-propylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethylamino]-quinazolin-2- ylamino}-methyl>-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-methylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-dimethylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-morpholιn-4-yl-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethylj-amide, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(4-methyl-pιperazιn-1 -yl)-quιnazolιn-2-ylammo]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-N,N-Dιmethyl-2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amιno}-quιnazohn-4-ylamιno}-acetamιde; trans-N,N-Dιmethyl-2-{2-{{4-[(naphthalene-2-sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}- amιno}-quιnazohn-4-ylamιno}-acetamide; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-pιperιdιn-1 -yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-morpholιn-4-yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl)~cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acιd {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιethylamιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylammo]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-1 ,1 -dιmethyl-ethylammo)- quιnazohn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{{4-[2-(4-methyl-pιperazιn-1-yl)-ethylamιno]-quιnazolιn-
2-ylamιno}-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazohn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Propane-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-4-Methyl-pιperazιne-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιπazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-N-{4-{[4-(3-Dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-C-phenylmethanesulfonamιde, trans-Naphthalene-2-sulfonιc acid {4-{[4-(3-dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2- ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-N-{4-{[4-(3-Dιmethylamιno-propylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-4-fluoro-benzenesulfonamιde; trans-N(4)-(3-Dιmethylamιπo-propyl)-N(2)-{4-[(2-methoxy-benzylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-quιnazolιne-2,4-dιamιne; trans-{2-{2-{{4-[(Naphthaiene-1 -sulfonylamιno)-methyl]-cyclohexyimethyl)~amιno}quιnazolιn-
4-ylamιno}-ethyl}-carbamιc acid tert-butyl ester; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-amιno-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-4-{2-{2-{{4-[(Naphthalene-1 -sulfonylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιno}- quιnazolιn-4-ylamιno}-ethyl}-pιperazιne-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, frans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-pιperazιn-1 -yl-ethylamιno)-quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]- methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-[(2-dιmethylamιno-ethyl)-methyl-amιno]-quιnazolιn-
2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-amιno-quιnazohn-2-yl]-methyl-amιno]-methyl}- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-fluoro-quιnazolm-2-yl-amιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-6-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl-amιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amιno-5-methoxy-quιnazolιn-2-yl-amιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιmethylamιno-ethylamιno)-8-methoxy- quιnazohn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(2-dιethylamιno-ethylamιno)-8-methoxy-quιnazolιn-
2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde; trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-{[4-(3-dιethylamιno-propylamιno)-8-methoxy- quιnazolιn-2-ylamιno]-methyl}-cyclohexylmethyl}-amιde, trans-Naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid {4-[4-amιno-quιnazolιπ-2-ylamιno)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-methyl-amιde, trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid methyl-{4-[4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[1-(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-1 -methyl- ethyl]cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[1 -methyl-1 -(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)- ethyl]-cyclohexylmethyl}-amide; trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino) methylj-cyclohexyl}- amide; trans Naphthaiene-2-sulfonic acid (4-{[4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl}-cyclohexyl)-amide; trans Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-quinazolin-2-ylamino) methylj-cyclohexyl}- amide; traπs-Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino) methyl]- cyclohexyl}-amide; frans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-{[4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]- methyl)-cyclohexyl)-amide; trans-Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid {4-[(4-amino-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino) methyl]- cyclohexyl}-amide; trans Naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (4-{[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethylamino)-quinazolin-2- ylamino]-methyl}-cyclohexyl)-amide; trans Naphthalene-1 -sulfonic acid (4-{[4-(2-dimethylamino-ethylamino)-quinazolin-2- ylamino]-methyl)-cyclohexyl)-amide; frans-N-{4-[(4-Phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)]-cyclohexylmethyl}-(N,N-dimethylamino)- sulfonamide; trans-N-(4-{[4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)amino]-quinazolin-2-ylamino}-cyclohexylmethyl)-(N,N- dimethylamino)-sulfonamide; trans-N-(4-{[4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)amino]-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino}-cyclohexyimethyl)-
(N.N-dimethylamino)-sulfonamide; trans-N-{4-[4-(Cyclopropylmethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino}-cyclohexylmethyl)- methanesulfonamide; traπs-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester; trans-{4-[4-(Cyclopropylamino)-8-methoxy-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester; trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-acetamide; trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-benzamide; trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-methoxy- benzamide;
N-trans-{4-[4-(Cyclopropylmethylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-2-methoxy- benzamide; trans-4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-2-(4-methylaminomethyl-cyclohexyl)-quinazoline-2,4- diamine; trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-N-methyl- acetamide; trans-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-phenylamino)-quinazolin-2-ylamino]-cyclohexylmethyl}-N-methyl- benzamide; trans-2-Methoxy-[4-(4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-acetamide; trans-2-Methoxy-(4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]- acetamide; trans-[4-(8-methoxy-4-pheπylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester; trans-[4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]- methanesulfonamide; trans-[4-(8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazolin-2-ylamino)-cyclohexylmethyl]-(N,N- dimethylamino)-sulfonamide; trans-4-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-2-(4-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl-cyclohexyl)-quinazoline-2,4-diamine;
4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-2-cyclohexyl-quinazoline-2,4-diamine; 4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-2-cyclohexyl- quinazoline-2,4-diamine;
2-(N-Methyl-cyclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline;
2-(N-Methyl-cyclohexylamino)-8-hydroxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline;
2-(N-Methyl-cyclohexylamino)-8-methoxy-4-phenylamino-quinazoline;
2-(N-Methyl-cyclohexylamino)-8-(methoxycarbonyl-methoxy)-4-phenyiamino-quinazoline;
2-(N-Ethyl-cyclohexylamino)-8-hydroxy-4-(4-chloro-phenylamino)-quinazoline; trans-2-(4-Benzoyloxy-cyclohexylamino)-4-phenylamino-quinazoline; traπs-2-(4-Acetoxy-cyclohexylamino)-4-(4-methoxy-phenylamino)-quinazolιne; N(2)-(trans-4-Dimethylamino-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quinazoline-2,4- diamine;
1-{trans-4-[(4-Methylamino-6- -tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-pentan-1 -ol;
1 -{trans-4-[(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-pentan-1 -one;
{trans-4-[(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2yiamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl>-phenyl- methanol;
1 -{trans-4-[(4-Methylamino-6-p-tolyl-quinazolin-2ylamino)-methyl]-cyclohexyl}-2-phenyl- ethanone;
N(2)-(trans-4-Ethanesulfonylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quinazoiine-2,4- diamine;
N(2)-(trans-4-Benzenesulfonylmethyl-cyclohexylmethyl)-N(4)-methyl-6-p-tolyl-quinazoline-
2,4-diamine;
1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Diethylamino-propylamino)-6,8-dimethyl-quinazolin-2ylamino]-methyl>- cyclohexyl)-pentan-1 -ol;
1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Diethylamino-propylamino)-6,8-dimethyl-quinazolin-2ylamino]-methyl}- cyclohexyl)-pentan-1 -one;
1 -(trans-4-{[4-(3-Diethylamino-propylamino)-6,8-dimethyl-quinazolin-2ylamino]-methyl - cyclohexyl)-2-phenyl-ethanone; and
(trans-4-{[4-(3-Diethylamino-propylamino)-6,8-dimethyl-quinazolin-2ylamino]-methyl>- cyclohexyl)-phenyl-methanone; or, in each case, a salt thereof.
9. Use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically accetable salt thereof or a tautomer thereof according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype.
10. A method of treatment of disorders and diseases associated with NPY receptor subtype Y5 comprising administering to a warm-blooded animal, including man, in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a tautomer thereof according to claim 1.
1 1 . A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of diseases or disorders associated with NPY Y5 receptor subtype comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a tautomer thereof according to claim 1.
12. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 11 for the treatment of disorders or disease states caused by eating disorders, of obesity, bulimia nervosa, diabetes, dyspilipidimia, hypertension, memory loss, epileptic seizures, migraine, sleep disturbance, pain, sexual/reproductive disorders, depression, anxiety, cerebral hemorrhage, shock, congestive heart failure, nasal congestion or diarrhea.
PCT/EP1996/005067 1995-12-01 1996-11-18 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists WO1997020823A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU76929/96A AU7692996A (en) 1995-12-01 1996-11-18 Receptor antagonists

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56637895A 1995-12-01 1995-12-01
US08/566,378 1995-12-01

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1997020823A2 true WO1997020823A2 (en) 1997-06-12
WO1997020823A3 WO1997020823A3 (en) 1997-07-17

Family

ID=24262639

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP1996/005067 WO1997020823A2 (en) 1995-12-01 1996-11-18 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AU (1) AU7692996A (en)
WO (1) WO1997020823A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA9610020B (en)

Cited By (122)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998040356A1 (en) * 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Drugs containing aminopyridine derivatives as the active ingredient
GB2324961A (en) * 1997-05-14 1998-11-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Use of neuropeptide Y receptor agonists for treating migraine
WO1999001128A1 (en) * 1997-07-03 1999-01-14 Neurogen Corporation Certain diarylimidazole derivatives; a new class of npy specific ligands
WO1999010330A1 (en) * 1997-08-25 1999-03-04 Bayer Corporation Heterocyclic ketones as npy y5 antagonists
WO1999027965A1 (en) * 1997-11-28 1999-06-10 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Antihyperlipemic agents
WO1999055667A1 (en) * 1998-04-29 1999-11-04 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. N-substituted aminotetralins as ligands for the neuropeptide y y5 receptor useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders
WO2000068197A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 3a,4,5,9b-TETRAHYDRO-1H-BENZ[e]INDOL-2-YL AMINE-DERIVED NEUROPEPTIDE Y RECEPTORS LIGANDS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY AND OTHER DISORDERS
US6187777B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2001-02-13 Amgen Inc. Compounds and methods which modulate feeding behavior and related diseases
US6191160B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2001-02-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-indolines as Y5 receptor antagonists
US6214853B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-10 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (bicyclics)
US6218408B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-17 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (bicyclics)
US6222040B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-24 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (tricyclics)
US6225330B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-05-01 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (tricyclics)
WO2001037826A1 (en) * 1999-11-26 2001-05-31 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Npyy5 antagonists
US6340683B1 (en) 1999-04-22 2002-01-22 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (triazines)
WO2002006276A1 (en) 2000-07-13 2002-01-24 Eli Lilly And Company Beta3 adrenergic agonists
EP1183245A1 (en) * 1999-04-22 2002-03-06 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective npy (y5) antagonists
US6407120B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-06-18 Pfizer Inc. Neuropeptide Y antagonists
EP1244639A1 (en) * 1999-10-29 2002-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-cyclohexyl benzimidazole nmda/nr2b antagonists
WO2003028641A2 (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-04-10 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Mch receptor antagonists
EP1306085A1 (en) * 2001-10-23 2003-05-02 Neurogen Corporation 2-Cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole derivatives as ligands for the neuropeptide Y5 receptor
US6608227B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2003-08-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Benzylcycloalkyl amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
WO2004002986A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel benzimidazole derivatives
EP1398032A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-17 PheneX Pharmaceuticals AG 4-Oxo-quinazolines as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
WO2004024161A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-25 Phenex Pharmaceuticals Ag Novel 2-amino-4-oxoquinazolones as lxr nuclear receptor binding compounds with partial agonistic properites
US6713473B1 (en) 1999-04-20 2004-03-30 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds
WO2004054581A2 (en) * 2002-12-13 2004-07-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cyclohexyl compounds as ccr5 antagonists
WO2004087680A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-14 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel quinazoline derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
JP2004315511A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-11-11 Taisho Pharmaceut Co Ltd Mch receptor antagonist
WO2004098591A2 (en) 2003-05-05 2004-11-18 Probiodrug Ag Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase and their use in the treatment of neurological diseases
WO2004111014A1 (en) * 2003-06-06 2004-12-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US6841552B1 (en) 1999-05-05 2005-01-11 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydro-1H-benz[e]indol-2-yl amine-derived neuropeptide Y receptors ligands useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders
WO2005028438A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-31 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel piperidine derivative
WO2005040157A2 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Eli Lilly And Company Novel mch receptor antagonists
WO2005049027A2 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-06-02 Probiodrug Ag Combinations useful for the treatment of neuronal disorders
WO2005070902A1 (en) * 2004-01-07 2005-08-04 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents ii
WO2005075436A2 (en) 2004-02-05 2005-08-18 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2005095357A2 (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
EP1589960A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2005-11-02 Scios, Inc. Treatment of obesity and associated conditions with tgf-beta inhibitors
US6989379B1 (en) 1999-04-22 2006-01-24 H. Lundbick A/S Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists
US7056914B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2006-06-06 Esteve Laboratorios Dr. Esteve S.A. Benzoxazinone-derived compounds, their preparation and use as medicaments
WO2006129826A1 (en) 2005-05-30 2006-12-07 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel piperidine derivative
WO2007018248A1 (en) 2005-08-10 2007-02-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone compound
WO2007024004A1 (en) 2005-08-24 2007-03-01 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Phenylpyridone derivative
WO2007029847A1 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Bicyclic aromatic substituted pyridone derivative
WO2007041052A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Acylated spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin-4 receptor modulators
WO2007049798A1 (en) 2005-10-27 2007-05-03 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel benzoxathiin derivative
WO2007055418A1 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-18 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aza-substituted spiro derivative
US7273880B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2007-09-25 H. Lunbeck A/S Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists
WO2007125952A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity
JP2008505910A (en) * 2004-07-08 2008-02-28 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of PKC-theta
WO2008038692A1 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Diaryl ketimine derivative
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008060476A2 (en) 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Schering Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2008104580A1 (en) 2007-03-01 2008-09-04 Probiodrug Ag New use of glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
WO2008120653A1 (en) 2007-04-02 2008-10-09 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Indoledione derivative
WO2009054434A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity and use thereof
WO2009082346A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 Astrazeneca Ab New acetyl coenzyme a carboxylase (acc) inhibitors and uses in treatments of obesity and diabetes mellitus - 087
EP2088154A1 (en) 2004-03-09 2009-08-12 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2009110510A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-11 萬有製薬株式会社 Alkylaminopyridine derivative
US7589197B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2009-09-15 Taigen Biotechnology Pyrimidine compounds
WO2009119726A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 萬有製薬株式会社 Diarylmethylamide derivative having antagonistic activity on melanin-concentrating hormone receptor
WO2009131096A1 (en) 2008-04-21 2009-10-29 塩野義製薬株式会社 Compound having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity
EP2127676A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2009-12-02 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and related disorders
WO2009154132A1 (en) 2008-06-19 2009-12-23 萬有製薬株式会社 Spirodiamine-diarylketoxime derivative
WO2010013595A1 (en) 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 萬有製薬株式会社 (5-membered)-(5-membered) or (5-membered)-(6-membered) fused ring cycloalkylamine derivative
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051236A1 (en) 2008-10-30 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Isonicotinamide orexin receptor antagonists
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010075069A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-07-01 Schering Corporation Bicyclic pyranone derivatives as nicotinic acid receptor agonists
WO2010075068A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-07-01 Schering Corporation Pyridopyrimidine derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2010101247A1 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-09-10 塩野義製薬株式会社 Cyclohexane derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonism
US7888510B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2011-02-15 Laboratorios Del Dr. Esteve S.A. 2-′4(phenylamino)-piperidin-1-yl!-n-phenyl-acetamine derivatives and related compounds as neuropeptide Y5 (NPY5) ligands for the treatment of obesity
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
EP2305352A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2011-04-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors for use in the treatment of men with metabolic and anthropometric disorders
EP2330125A2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-06-08 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with selectable properties
EP2330124A2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-06-08 Amylin Pharmaceuticals Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with selectable properties
WO2011069038A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases
EP2332526A2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-06-15 Novartis AG Combination of a renin-inhibitor and an anti-dyslipidemic agent and/or an antiobesity agent
US7989462B2 (en) 2003-07-03 2011-08-02 Myrexis, Inc. 4-arylamin-or-4-heteroarylamino-quinazolines and analogs as activators of caspases and inducers of apoptosis and the use thereof
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011137054A1 (en) 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel beta 3 adrenergic receptor agonists
US8193206B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2012-06-05 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine compounds
US8227618B2 (en) 2009-04-23 2012-07-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine-derivatives having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity and the uses thereof
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8258145B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2012-09-04 Myrexis, Inc. Method of treating brain cancer
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
US8309562B2 (en) 2003-07-03 2012-11-13 Myrexis, Inc. Compounds and therapeutical use thereof
JP2013503875A (en) * 2009-09-03 2013-02-04 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Quinazolines as potassium ion channel inhibitors
US8372849B2 (en) 2008-04-21 2013-02-12 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds
US8394765B2 (en) 2004-11-01 2013-03-12 Amylin Pharmaceuticals Llc Methods of treating obesity with two different anti-obesity agents
WO2013059222A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-pyridyloxy-4-nitrile orexin receptor antagonists
WO2013138352A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-19 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2014022528A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
EP2698157A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2014-02-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Method of treatment using fatty acid synthesis inhibitors
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2014151206A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
WO2014151200A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
EP2810951A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2014-12-10 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2014197720A2 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same
WO2015051725A1 (en) 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
US9023834B2 (en) 2008-11-13 2015-05-05 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Lyophilization formulation
WO2016030534A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Tes Pharma S.R.L. INHIBITORS OF α-AMINO-β-CARBOXYMUCONIC ACID SEMIALDEHYDE DECARBOXYLASE
EP2998314A1 (en) 2007-06-04 2016-03-23 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
EP3241839A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2017-11-08 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2018069532A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Tes Pharma S.R.L. Inhibitors of alpha-amino-beta-carboxymuconic acid semialdehyde decarboxylase
WO2018106518A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic heterocyclic compounds
WO2018118670A1 (en) 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic spirochroman compounds
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2020104456A1 (en) 2018-11-20 2020-05-28 Tes Pharma S.R.L INHIBITORS OF α-AMINO-β-CARBOXYMUCONIC ACID SEMIALDEHYDE DECARBOXYLASE
WO2020167706A1 (en) 2019-02-13 2020-08-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alkyl pyrrolidine orexin receptor agonists
WO2021026047A1 (en) 2019-08-08 2021-02-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Heteroaryl pyrrolidine and piperidine orexin receptor agonists
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2022040070A1 (en) 2020-08-18 2022-02-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bicycloheptane pyrrolidine orexin receptor agonists
CN114315802A (en) * 2021-12-14 2022-04-12 西安医学院 Quinazoline nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative and preparation method and application thereof
US11427540B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-08-30 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Formulations of T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof
WO2023121429A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 아주대학교산학협력단 Novel compound for improving sleep or use thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4287341A (en) * 1979-11-01 1981-09-01 Pfizer Inc. Alkoxy-substituted-6-chloro-quinazoline-2,4-diones
EP0448765A1 (en) * 1990-03-30 1991-10-02 HEUMANN PHARMA GMBH &amp; CO Use of guanidine derivatives for the manufacture of a medicament with NPY-antagonistic activity
WO1992007844A1 (en) * 1990-11-06 1992-05-14 Pfizer Inc. Quinazolines derivatives for enhancing antitumor activity
EP0614911A1 (en) * 1993-02-15 1994-09-14 Sanofi Compounds having a sulfonamide and an amidinegroup, process for preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
WO1996012489A1 (en) * 1994-10-20 1996-05-02 Eli Lilly And Company Bicyclic neuropeptide y receptor antagonists

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4287341A (en) * 1979-11-01 1981-09-01 Pfizer Inc. Alkoxy-substituted-6-chloro-quinazoline-2,4-diones
EP0448765A1 (en) * 1990-03-30 1991-10-02 HEUMANN PHARMA GMBH &amp; CO Use of guanidine derivatives for the manufacture of a medicament with NPY-antagonistic activity
WO1992007844A1 (en) * 1990-11-06 1992-05-14 Pfizer Inc. Quinazolines derivatives for enhancing antitumor activity
EP0614911A1 (en) * 1993-02-15 1994-09-14 Sanofi Compounds having a sulfonamide and an amidinegroup, process for preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
WO1996012489A1 (en) * 1994-10-20 1996-05-02 Eli Lilly And Company Bicyclic neuropeptide y receptor antagonists

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 24, no. 2, February 1981, WASHINGTON DC, US, pages 127-40, XP000653661 E. F. ELSLAGER ET. AL.: "Synthesis and Antimalarial Effects of N2-Aryl-N4-Ä(dialkylamino)alkylÜ- and N4-Aryl-N2-Ä(dialkylamino)alkylÜ- 2,4-quinazolinediamines." *
JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 36, no. 6, June 1993, WASHINGTON DC, US, pages 690-8, XP000652149 D. GIARDINA ET. AL.: "Structure-Activity Relationships in Prazosin-Related Compounds. 2. Role of the Piperazine Ring on alpha-Blocking Activity. " *

Cited By (181)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998040356A1 (en) * 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Drugs containing aminopyridine derivatives as the active ingredient
GB2324961A (en) * 1997-05-14 1998-11-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Use of neuropeptide Y receptor agonists for treating migraine
US6515133B1 (en) 1997-07-03 2003-02-04 Neurogen Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions containing certain diarylimidazole derivatives
WO1999001128A1 (en) * 1997-07-03 1999-01-14 Neurogen Corporation Certain diarylimidazole derivatives; a new class of npy specific ligands
US6121260A (en) * 1997-07-03 2000-09-19 Neurogen Corporation Method of treating conditions susceptible to modulation of NPY receptors with diarylimidazole derivatives
WO1999010330A1 (en) * 1997-08-25 1999-03-04 Bayer Corporation Heterocyclic ketones as npy y5 antagonists
WO1999027965A1 (en) * 1997-11-28 1999-06-10 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Antihyperlipemic agents
US6583154B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2003-06-24 Amgen Inc. Compounds and methods which modulate feeding behavior and related diseases
US6187777B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2001-02-13 Amgen Inc. Compounds and methods which modulate feeding behavior and related diseases
US6140354A (en) * 1998-04-29 2000-10-31 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. N-substituted aminotetralins as ligands for the neuropeptide Y Y5 receptor useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders
WO1999055667A1 (en) * 1998-04-29 1999-11-04 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. N-substituted aminotetralins as ligands for the neuropeptide y y5 receptor useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders
US6313298B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2001-11-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-indolines as Y5 receptor antagonists
US6191160B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2001-02-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-indolines as Y5 receptor antagonists
EP1129089A4 (en) * 1998-11-10 2003-01-22 Merck & Co Inc Spiro-indolines as y5 receptor antagonists
US6495559B2 (en) 1998-11-10 2002-12-17 Merck & Co., Inc. NPY Y5 receptor antagonists
US6638942B1 (en) 1998-11-10 2003-10-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-indolines as Y5 receptor antagonists
EP1129089A1 (en) * 1998-11-10 2001-09-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Spiro-indolines as y5 receptor antagonists
US6407120B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-06-18 Pfizer Inc. Neuropeptide Y antagonists
US6713473B1 (en) 1999-04-20 2004-03-30 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Tricyclic compounds
US6340683B1 (en) 1999-04-22 2002-01-22 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (triazines)
EP1183245A1 (en) * 1999-04-22 2002-03-06 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective npy (y5) antagonists
US6569856B2 (en) 1999-04-22 2003-05-27 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (triazines)
EP1183245A4 (en) * 1999-04-22 2002-10-02 Synaptic Pharma Corp Selective npy (y5) antagonists
EP1816127A1 (en) * 1999-04-22 2007-08-08 H. Lundbeck A/S Triazine derivatives for use as selective npy (y5) antagonists
US6989379B1 (en) 1999-04-22 2006-01-24 H. Lundbick A/S Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists
US7189720B2 (en) 1999-04-22 2007-03-13 H. Lundbeck A/S Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists
US6841552B1 (en) 1999-05-05 2005-01-11 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydro-1H-benz[e]indol-2-yl amine-derived neuropeptide Y receptors ligands useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders
WO2000068197A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 3a,4,5,9b-TETRAHYDRO-1H-BENZ[e]INDOL-2-YL AMINE-DERIVED NEUROPEPTIDE Y RECEPTORS LIGANDS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY AND OTHER DISORDERS
US6222040B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-24 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (tricyclics)
US7273880B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2007-09-25 H. Lunbeck A/S Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists
US6214853B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-10 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (bicyclics)
US6218408B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-04-17 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (bicyclics)
US6225330B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-05-01 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (tricyclics)
US6864380B2 (en) 1999-10-15 2005-03-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Benzylcycloalkyl amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US6608227B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2003-08-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Benzylcycloalkyl amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US7126010B2 (en) 1999-10-15 2006-10-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Benzylcycloalkyl amines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
EP1244639A4 (en) * 1999-10-29 2003-02-05 Merck & Co Inc 2-cyclohexyl benzimidazole nmda/nr2b antagonists
EP1244639A1 (en) * 1999-10-29 2002-10-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-cyclohexyl benzimidazole nmda/nr2b antagonists
WO2001037826A1 (en) * 1999-11-26 2001-05-31 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Npyy5 antagonists
US7265130B2 (en) 1999-11-26 2007-09-04 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. NPY Y5 antagonist
US8115027B2 (en) 1999-11-26 2012-02-14 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. NPY Y5 antagonist
US6699891B1 (en) 1999-11-26 2004-03-02 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Npyy5 antagonists
EP2014285A1 (en) * 1999-11-26 2009-01-14 Shionogi&Co., Ltd. NPYY5 antagonists
US7781461B2 (en) 1999-11-26 2010-08-24 Yasuyuki Kawanishi NPY Y5 antagonist
WO2002006276A1 (en) 2000-07-13 2002-01-24 Eli Lilly And Company Beta3 adrenergic agonists
US7544690B2 (en) 2001-10-01 2009-06-09 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. MCH receptor antagonists
AU2002334733B2 (en) * 2001-10-01 2006-11-23 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. MCH receptors antagonists
WO2003028641A3 (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-08-28 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Mch receptor antagonists
WO2003028641A2 (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-04-10 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Mch receptor antagonists
WO2003104255A3 (en) * 2001-10-23 2004-04-29 Neurogen Corp Substituted 2-cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1h-imidazole derivatives as ligands for the neuropeptide y5 receptor
EP1306085A1 (en) * 2001-10-23 2003-05-02 Neurogen Corporation 2-Cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole derivatives as ligands for the neuropeptide Y5 receptor
WO2003104255A2 (en) * 2001-10-23 2003-12-18 Neurogen Corporation Substituted 2-cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1h-imidazole derivatives
US7034034B2 (en) 2001-10-23 2006-04-25 Neurogen Corporation Substituted 2-cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole derivatives
US7514429B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2009-04-07 Esteve Laboratorios Dr. Esteve S.A. Benzoxazinone-derived compounds, their preparation and use as medicaments
US7056914B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2006-06-06 Esteve Laboratorios Dr. Esteve S.A. Benzoxazinone-derived compounds, their preparation and use as medicaments
WO2004002986A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel benzimidazole derivatives
EP1398032A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-17 PheneX Pharmaceuticals AG 4-Oxo-quinazolines as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
EP1407774A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-04-14 LION Bioscience AG 2-Amino-4-quinazolinones as LXR nuclear receptor binding compounds
WO2004024161A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-25 Phenex Pharmaceuticals Ag Novel 2-amino-4-oxoquinazolones as lxr nuclear receptor binding compounds with partial agonistic properites
WO2004024162A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2004-03-25 Phenex Pharmaceuticals Ag 2-amino-4-quinazolinones as lxr nuclear receptor binding compounds
WO2004054581A3 (en) * 2002-12-13 2005-02-03 Smithkline Beecham Corp Cyclohexyl compounds as ccr5 antagonists
WO2004054581A2 (en) * 2002-12-13 2004-07-01 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cyclohexyl compounds as ccr5 antagonists
US7589207B2 (en) 2002-12-13 2009-09-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cyclohexyl compounds as CCR5 antagonists
JP2006514646A (en) * 2002-12-13 2006-05-11 スミスクライン ビーチャム コーポレーション Cyclohexyl compounds as CCR5 antagonists
EP1589960A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2005-11-02 Scios, Inc. Treatment of obesity and associated conditions with tgf-beta inhibitors
EP1589960A4 (en) * 2002-12-19 2008-09-10 Scios Inc Treatment of obesity and associated conditions with tgf-beta inhibitors
JP2006522109A (en) * 2003-03-31 2006-09-28 大正製薬株式会社 Novel quinazoline derivatives and therapeutic methods related to their use
JP2004315511A (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-11-11 Taisho Pharmaceut Co Ltd Mch receptor antagonist
WO2004087680A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2004-10-14 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel quinazoline derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
WO2004098591A2 (en) 2003-05-05 2004-11-18 Probiodrug Ag Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase and their use in the treatment of neurological diseases
WO2004111014A1 (en) * 2003-06-06 2004-12-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of atp-binding cassette transporters
US8642609B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2014-02-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Modulators of ATP-binding cassette transporters
US8309562B2 (en) 2003-07-03 2012-11-13 Myrexis, Inc. Compounds and therapeutical use thereof
US7989462B2 (en) 2003-07-03 2011-08-02 Myrexis, Inc. 4-arylamin-or-4-heteroarylamino-quinazolines and analogs as activators of caspases and inducers of apoptosis and the use thereof
US7888510B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2011-02-15 Laboratorios Del Dr. Esteve S.A. 2-′4(phenylamino)-piperidin-1-yl!-n-phenyl-acetamine derivatives and related compounds as neuropeptide Y5 (NPY5) ligands for the treatment of obesity
WO2005028438A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-31 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel piperidine derivative
WO2005040157A2 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Eli Lilly And Company Novel mch receptor antagonists
EP2338490A2 (en) 2003-11-03 2011-06-29 Probiodrug AG Combinations Useful for the Treatment of Neuronal Disorders
WO2005049027A2 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-06-02 Probiodrug Ag Combinations useful for the treatment of neuronal disorders
WO2005070902A1 (en) * 2004-01-07 2005-08-04 Astrazeneca Ab Therapeutic agents ii
WO2005075436A2 (en) 2004-02-05 2005-08-18 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
EP2088154A1 (en) 2004-03-09 2009-08-12 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2005095357A3 (en) * 2004-03-30 2006-01-19 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Pyrimidine derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
WO2005095357A2 (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine derivatives and methods of treatment related to the use thereof
EP2305352A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2011-04-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors for use in the treatment of men with metabolic and anthropometric disorders
JP2008505910A (en) * 2004-07-08 2008-02-28 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of PKC-theta
EP2286838A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2011-02-23 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and related disorders
EP2286839A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2011-02-23 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and related diseases
US8394765B2 (en) 2004-11-01 2013-03-12 Amylin Pharmaceuticals Llc Methods of treating obesity with two different anti-obesity agents
EP2127676A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2009-12-02 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and related disorders
EP2286837A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2011-02-23 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and obesity related diseases
EP2286840A2 (en) 2004-11-01 2011-02-23 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of obesity and related diseases
US8258145B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2012-09-04 Myrexis, Inc. Method of treating brain cancer
WO2006129826A1 (en) 2005-05-30 2006-12-07 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel piperidine derivative
US7589197B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2009-09-15 Taigen Biotechnology Pyrimidine compounds
US8193206B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2012-06-05 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine compounds
WO2007018248A1 (en) 2005-08-10 2007-02-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone compound
EP2330124A2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-06-08 Amylin Pharmaceuticals Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with selectable properties
EP2330125A2 (en) 2005-08-11 2011-06-08 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hybrid polypeptides with selectable properties
WO2007024004A1 (en) 2005-08-24 2007-03-01 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Phenylpyridone derivative
WO2007029847A1 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Bicyclic aromatic substituted pyridone derivative
WO2007041052A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Acylated spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin-4 receptor modulators
EP2332526A2 (en) 2005-10-21 2011-06-15 Novartis AG Combination of a renin-inhibitor and an anti-dyslipidemic agent and/or an antiobesity agent
WO2007049798A1 (en) 2005-10-27 2007-05-03 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel benzoxathiin derivative
WO2007055418A1 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-18 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aza-substituted spiro derivative
WO2007125952A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity
US9150507B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2015-10-06 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity
US9139518B2 (en) 2006-04-28 2015-09-22 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity
EP2698157A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2014-02-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Method of treatment using fatty acid synthesis inhibitors
EP2946778A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-11-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Method of treatment using fatty acid synthesis inhibitors
WO2008038692A1 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Diaryl ketimine derivative
WO2008055945A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Probiodrug Ag 3-hydr0xy-1,5-dihydr0-pyrr0l-2-one derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for the treatment of ulcer, cancer and other diseases
WO2008060476A2 (en) 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Schering Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2008065141A1 (en) 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
EP2481408A2 (en) 2007-03-01 2012-08-01 Probiodrug AG New use of glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
WO2008104580A1 (en) 2007-03-01 2008-09-04 Probiodrug Ag New use of glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
WO2008120653A1 (en) 2007-04-02 2008-10-09 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Indoledione derivative
EP2865670A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2015-04-29 Probiodrug AG Thiourea derivatives as glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
EP2998314A1 (en) 2007-06-04 2016-03-23 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2009054434A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity and use thereof
US8299265B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2012-10-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine derivatives having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity and the uses thereof
WO2009082346A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 Astrazeneca Ab New acetyl coenzyme a carboxylase (acc) inhibitors and uses in treatments of obesity and diabetes mellitus - 087
WO2009110510A1 (en) 2008-03-06 2009-09-11 萬有製薬株式会社 Alkylaminopyridine derivative
WO2009119726A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 萬有製薬株式会社 Diarylmethylamide derivative having antagonistic activity on melanin-concentrating hormone receptor
WO2009131096A1 (en) 2008-04-21 2009-10-29 塩野義製薬株式会社 Compound having npy y5 receptor antagonist activity
US8299066B2 (en) 2008-04-21 2012-10-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Compounds having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity
US8129372B2 (en) 2008-04-21 2012-03-06 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Compounds having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity
US8372849B2 (en) 2008-04-21 2013-02-12 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Heterocyclic compounds
EP2810951A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2014-12-10 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2009154132A1 (en) 2008-06-19 2009-12-23 萬有製薬株式会社 Spirodiamine-diarylketoxime derivative
EP3241839A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2017-11-08 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2010013595A1 (en) 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 萬有製薬株式会社 (5-membered)-(5-membered) or (5-membered)-(6-membered) fused ring cycloalkylamine derivative
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051236A1 (en) 2008-10-30 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Isonicotinamide orexin receptor antagonists
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US9023834B2 (en) 2008-11-13 2015-05-05 Taigen Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Lyophilization formulation
WO2010075068A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-07-01 Schering Corporation Pyridopyrimidine derivatives and methods of use thereof
WO2010075069A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-07-01 Schering Corporation Bicyclic pyranone derivatives as nicotinic acid receptor agonists
JP5685181B2 (en) * 2009-03-05 2015-03-18 塩野義製薬株式会社 Cyclohexane derivative having NPYY5 receptor antagonistic action
US8653125B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2014-02-18 Shionogi Co., Ltd. Cyclohexane derivative having NPY Y5 receptor antagonism
WO2010101247A1 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-09-10 塩野義製薬株式会社 Cyclohexane derivative having npy y5 receptor antagonism
US8227618B2 (en) 2009-04-23 2012-07-24 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Amine-derivatives having NPY Y5 receptor antagonistic activity and the uses thereof
JP2013503875A (en) * 2009-09-03 2013-02-04 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Quinazolines as potassium ion channel inhibitors
WO2011029920A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Probiodrug Ag Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
EP2923706A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2015-09-30 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
WO2011069038A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2011107530A2 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011110613A1 (en) 2010-03-10 2011-09-15 Probiodrug Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase (qc, ec 2.3.2.5)
WO2011131748A2 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Probiodrug Ag Novel inhibitors
WO2011137054A1 (en) 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel beta 3 adrenergic receptor agonists
EP3243385A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2017-11-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2013059222A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-pyridyloxy-4-nitrile orexin receptor antagonists
EP3708179A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-09-16 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2013138352A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-19 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
EP4309673A2 (en) 2012-03-15 2024-01-24 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2014022528A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2014151206A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
WO2014151200A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2014197720A2 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same
WO2015051725A1 (en) 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
WO2016030534A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Tes Pharma S.R.L. INHIBITORS OF α-AMINO-β-CARBOXYMUCONIC ACID SEMIALDEHYDE DECARBOXYLASE
US10513499B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2019-12-24 Tes Pharma S.R.L. Inhibitors of alpha-amino-beta-carboxymuconic acid semialdehyde decarboxylase
US9708272B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2017-07-18 Tes Pharma S.R.L. Inhibitors of α-amino-β-carboxymuconic acid semialdehyde decarboxylase
US11254644B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2022-02-22 Tes Pharma S.R.L. Inhibitors of alpha-amino-beta-carboxymuconic acid semialdehyde decarboxylase
WO2018069532A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Tes Pharma S.R.L. Inhibitors of alpha-amino-beta-carboxymuconic acid semialdehyde decarboxylase
WO2018106518A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic heterocyclic compounds
WO2018118670A1 (en) 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic spirochroman compounds
EP3461819A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2019-04-03 Probiodrug AG Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2020104456A1 (en) 2018-11-20 2020-05-28 Tes Pharma S.R.L INHIBITORS OF α-AMINO-β-CARBOXYMUCONIC ACID SEMIALDEHYDE DECARBOXYLASE
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2020167706A1 (en) 2019-02-13 2020-08-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alkyl pyrrolidine orexin receptor agonists
US11427540B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-08-30 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Formulations of T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof
US11649207B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2023-05-16 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Formulations of T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof
WO2021026047A1 (en) 2019-08-08 2021-02-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Heteroaryl pyrrolidine and piperidine orexin receptor agonists
WO2022040070A1 (en) 2020-08-18 2022-02-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bicycloheptane pyrrolidine orexin receptor agonists
CN114315802A (en) * 2021-12-14 2022-04-12 西安医学院 Quinazoline nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative and preparation method and application thereof
WO2023121429A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 아주대학교산학협력단 Novel compound for improving sleep or use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA9610020B (en) 1997-06-01
AU7692996A (en) 1997-06-27
WO1997020823A3 (en) 1997-07-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO1997020823A2 (en) 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists
WO1997020822A1 (en) Quinazolin-2,4-diazirines as npy receptor antagonist
WO1997020821A1 (en) Heteroaryl derivatives
WO1997020820A1 (en) Heteroaryl compounds
US6686353B1 (en) Diarylalkyl cyclic diamine derivatives as chemokine receptor antagonists
US6093735A (en) Selective β-3 adrenergic agonists
US6673941B2 (en) Disubstituted imidazoles useful in the treatment of bacterial infections
US6265581B1 (en) Selective β3 adrenergic agonists
AU757290B2 (en) Imidazolone anorectic agents: II. phenyl derivatives
AU6621600A (en) Melanocortin-4 receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof
KR20140067048A (en) Lysophosphatidic acid receptor antagonists
SK281840B6 (en) Acetamide derivatives, method for preparation and pharmaceutical preparation containig them
IL135488A (en) Cyclic amine derivatives
EP1284973B1 (en) Inhibitors of alpha l beta 2 mediated cell adhesion
US20040132733A1 (en) Novel quinoxalinone derivatives as bradykinin B1 antagonists
EP0640595B1 (en) Substituted tertiary amino compound or salt thereof
JP2001525399A (en) Selective β3 adrenergic agonist
WO2000055143A1 (en) Oxazolone derivatives and their use as alpha-1 adrenoreceptor modulators
JP2008509962A (en) 5-HT7 receptor antagonist
CZ300937B6 (en) Novel aminothiazole derivatives, process of their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which the derivatives are comprised
JPH09124609A (en) Benzimidazole derivative
JP2008509961A (en) 5-HT7 receptor antagonist
JP2006503094A (en) Compound
US6114369A (en) Benzimidazole compound
US6232337B1 (en) Selective β3 adrenergic agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AU BA BB BG BR CA CN CU CZ EE GE HU IL IS JP KP KR LC LK LR LT LV MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO SG SI SK TR TT UA US UZ VN AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): KE LS MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AL AU BA BB BG BR CA CN CU CZ EE GE HU IL IS JP KP KR LC LK LR LT LV MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO SG SI SK TR TT UA US UZ VN AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): KE LS MW SD SZ UG AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 97520912

Format of ref document f/p: F

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: CA